Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Peninsulas-CN 900425
FOR CONSTRUCTION OF LIFT STATION AND FORCEMAIN AT MACARTHUR BOULEVARD COPPELL, TEXAS _ PRELIMINARY' FOR REVIEW ONLY and not intended for Construction, Biddln~ or Permit Purposes. They w.ere prepare= by, or under the suPewision m: PREPAR ,nu~, -... LINDNER, P.E. 64694 __~..~1 VISTA PROPERTIES 5950 SPRING VALLEY ROAD SUITE 40O \, Carter, Burgess 7950 Elmbrook Drive, Suite 250 Dallas, Texas 75247 APRIL lgg5 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF LIFT STATION AND FORCEMAIN AT MACARTHUR BOULEVARD COPPELL, TEXAS PRELIMINARY · FOR REVIEW ONLY PREPARED F~~JN H. LINDNER, P.E. Type or Print Name VISTA PROPERTIES 5950 SPRING VALLEY ROAD SUITE 400 DALLAS, TEXAS 75225 These documents are for Design Review and not intended for Construction, Bidding or Permit Purposes. T.h.ey were prepared by, or under the superwslon of: PREPARED BY: Carter · Burgess 7950 Elmbrook Drive, Suite 250 Dallas, Texas 75247 APRIL 1995 TABLE OF CONTENTS NOTICE TO BIDDERS ................................................... A SPECIAL INFORMATION TO BIDDER ...................................... AA INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS .............................................. B BID PROPOSAL ....................................................... C SPECIAL CONDITIONS .................................................. D SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION .................................... E STANDARD CONTRACT FORMS .......................................... F GENERAL CONDITIONS ................................................. G C&B 952132010 NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed proposals, in duplicate, will be received at the office of Carter & Burgess, Inc., 7950 Elmbrook Drive, Suite 250, Dallas, Texas, 75247, for the project and on the bid date listed below: Project: Bid Date: Developer/Owner: Lift Station and Forcemain Construction for MacArthur Boulevard Vista Properties 5950 Berkshire Lane, Suite 400 Dallas, Texas 75225 Bid envelopes must be sealed and addressed to the Developer as shown above, c/o Carter & Burgess, Inc., and shall bear the name of the bidder. The Developer reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids and to hold the lowest bid for a period not to exceed sixty (60) calendar days before the execution of contract. A - 1 C&B 952132010 SECTION AA SPECIAL INFORMATION TO BIDDERS II. LOCATION OF PROJECT of Texas. SCOPE OF WORK The work consists of C~y of specifications. to serve in accordance with the Subdivision and the approved construction plans and III. IV. IV. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR Contractor shall submit to the Developer for approval monthly pay estimates for work performed. Estimates submitted by the 1st of the month will be paid by the 15th of the same month less a ten percent (10%) retainage. PRI~-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE There will be a pre-construction conference held with the successful bidder and the Engineer at the time the 'Notice to Proceed' is issued. TESTING LABORATORIES The testing laboratory shall be selected by the Owner. All testing shall be paid for by the Owner. Any additional test required because of failing test results shall be performed at the Contractor's expense. AA - 1 C~B 952132010 SECTION B IN:~TRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS II. PROPOSAL FORMS The Bidder's proposal must be submitted in duplicate on the printed form furnished with these instructions. The blank spaces in the proposal shall be filled in for each item for which a quantity is given as may be required by the proposal for a completed work, and the Bidder shall state the price for which he proposes to do each item of work. The proposal shell be signed in ink by the person or persons making or authorized to make a bid. The legal status of the Bidder, that is, as a corporation, partnership, or individual, must be stated in the proposal. A corporation Bidder must name the state in which the organization is chartered. If the proposal is made by an individual, his post office address shall be given. Bids which ere not signed by the individuals making them shall have attached thereto a power of attorney evidencing authority to sign the bid in the name of the person for whom it is signed. If the proposal is made by a firm or partnership, the name and post office address of the managing member of the firm or partnership shall be given or the bid may be signed by an attorney-in-fact. If signed by an attorney-in-fact, there shall be attached to the bid a power of attorney evidencing authority to sign the bid, executed by the members of the firm or partners. Proposals which are signed for a corporation shall have the correct corporate name, thereof, its post office address and the signature of the president or other authorized officer of the corporation, manually written below the corporate name following the word 'By. ' PROVISION CONCERNING ESCALATOR CLAUSES Proposals containing any condition which provides for changes in the stated bid prices due to increase or decrease in the costs of materials, labor, or other items required for this project, will be rejected and returned to the Bidder without being considered. III. ESTIMATES OF QUANTITIES The quantities listed in the proposal bid schedule are approximate. However, payments will be besed upon measured quantities at the contract unit price unless specified as 'Lump Sum'. IV. PURCHASE OF EQUIPMENT TO MEET SPECIFICATIONS It is the intent of these specifications to indicate a specific equipment description for which bids are to be received. Bids shall be based on the use of specified equipment and materials unless the Bidder has obtained prior written approval from the Engineer to offer a substitute considered equal to or of superior quality to the items specified. Written requests for approval of substitutes shall be submitted to the Engineer no less than fourteen (14) days prior to bid date. Prospective bidders shall be notified no less than seven (7) days prior to bid date of any substitutes approved by the Engineer. Bids based on the use of approved substitutes shall be accompanied by written modification outlining in detail the substitutes proposed. If use of substitutes requires changes or modifications in plans, the Contractor will reimburse the Engineer for the cost of such changes. BIDDER TO SPECIFY MATERIALS Where several types of materials are acceptable, as stated in the technical section of these specifications, the Contractor may submit his bid on any one type of material. The type of material selected for each type of construction shall be entered on the proposal and no change on materials will be allowed after the bid opening. VI. EXAMINATIONS OF PLANS. SPECIFICATIONS. AND PROJECT WORK SITE Before submitting a bid, the Contractor shall carefully examine the proposal, plans, specifications, and all contract documents. He shall examine the site of work and satisfy himself es to the conditions which will be encountered relating to the character, quality and quantity of work to be performed and materials to be furnished. Bidders are particularly required to examine, and are responsible for, all subsurface or underground conditions that may be encountered during the progress of the work. The bid shall cover all expenses and disbursements in connection with subsurface work. The submission of a bid shall be conclusive evidence that he has complied with these requirements and that no submission for extra compensation will be presented with regard to the nature or amount of work to be done. VII. INTERPRETATION OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS If any person contemplating submitting a bid for the proposed contract is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the plans, specifications, or other related documents, or finds discrepancies in or omissions from the plans and/or specifications, he may submit to the Engineer a written request for an interpretation or correction thereof. The person submitting the request will be solely responsible for its prompt delivery no less than three (3) days prior to bid date. Any interpretation or correction of the Contract Documents will be made by an addendum duly issued, and a copy of such addendum will be mailed to all persons known to the B - 2 C&B 952132010 VIII. Developer or Engineer to have received a set of such documents. The Developer or the Engineer will not be responsible for any other explanations or interpretations of the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents are subject to revisions prior to the time fixed for the opening of bids by submitting the revision(s) in writing to all persons known by the Developer or Engineer to have secured such documents for the purpose of submitting bids. Addenda shall become an integral part of the contract and shall be reflected in the bids submitted. DEUVERY OF PROPOSAL Each completed proposal shall be placed in a sealed envelope so marked as to indicate its contents. When submitted by mall, this envelope shall be placed in another envelope which shall also be sealed and addressed as indicated in the Notice to Bidders. Proposals will be received on or before the hour and date set for the opening thereof and must be in the hands of the Developer by that time. XI. Xll. REVISION OF PROPOSAL A Bidder may change a bid price entered in a proposal before it is submitted by changing the price and initialing the revision with ink. In cases where the proposal has been submitted, a Bidder may change a bid price in his proposal provided his request to do so is submitted in writing and is in the hands of the Developer prior to the time set for the opening of proposals. WlTHDP~WAL OF PROPOSAL Any proposal may be withdrawn by the Bidder prior to but not after the time affixed for the opening of bids by written request. A request by telephone or telegraph for withdrawal of a proposal will not be considered. The withdrawal of a bid will not prejudice the right of a Bidder to file a new bid. XII. PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSALS Proposals will not be opened and read publicly. XIII. REJECTION OF PROPOSALS B - 3 c~ 952132010 Proposale may be rejected if they show alterations of form, additions not called for, conditional bids, incomplete bids, erasures or irregularities of any kind. The Developer reserves the right to waive any irregularities in the bids as received and to reject any and all proposals without qualification(s). More than one proposal from an individual, firm or partnership, corporation or association, under the ;.ama or different names, will not be considered. Reasonable grounds for believing that a Bidder is interested in more than one such proposal may cause the rejection of all proposals in which said Bidder is interested. Proposals in which prices are obviously unbalanced may be rejected. XIV. TIME OF AWARD The award of the contract will be made within sixty (60) days after the opening of the proposals. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT AND BONDS W'(~hin three (3) days after written notification of award of the contract, the Bidder shall execute and furnish to the Developer the contract and Certificate of Insurance. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE Prior to Notice to Proceed by the Developer, the Contractor shall submit a detailed construction schedule to the Developer for review. This schedule will be used to assure completion of the job within the number of total days specified in the proposal. The Developer anticipates construction to begin on Monday, May 1, 1995. B-4 C&B 952132010 TO: SECTION C BID PROPOSAL FOR CONSTRUCTION OF UFT STATION AND FORCEMAIN AT MACARTHUR BLVD. Carter & Burgess, Inc. 7950 Elmbrook Drive, Suite 250 Dallas, Texas 75247 Gentlemen: The undersigned, as bidder, declares that he has carefully examined the Invitation to Bidders, the A.S.C.E. Standard Form of Agreement, the General Conditions, the Specifications, the Plans and Project Conditions for the work and other Contract Documents; and he proposes and agrees that, if this proposal is accepted, he will contract to provide all necessary tools, equipment, apparatus, facilities, labor and transportation, and to do all of the work and furnish all of the materials specified in the Contract Documents required to complete the work as specified. If awarded the contract, I/we will execute the contract and furnish satisfactory performance and payment bonds in accordance with the Bid Documents. Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addendum: No.l~ No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 Yours very truly, Address Bidder. Telephone No. Seal (If a Corporation) ,By, Title Date C-1 C&B 952132010 Contract Documents for Construction of Lift Sstation and Forcemain at Mac, arthur Blvd. 0.01 COMPLETION SCHEDULE A. Estimated date of commencement: B. Number of calendar days to complete work after Notice to Proceed is issued: 0.02 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE Indicate in space below the type and size of equipment and the minimum number of each type that will be in use for this project on any given working day on and after date of commencement through date of completion (i.e., three scrappers, two grades, etc.): C - 2 CaB 952132010 PROPOSAL FOR CONSTRUCTION OF UFT STATION AND FORCEMAIN AT MACARTHUR BLVD. ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT PRICE TOTAL SECTION A - BID QUANTITIES 1. Perform clearing and grubbing, complete in place, including tree removal and disposal within graded areas 2. Perform mass grading per plan, including haul and stockpiling 3. Construct Erosion Control AC 115 $ $ LS 1 $ $ LS I Subtotal Section A: $ Total: $ Signature of Bidder C-3 C&B 952132010 SECTION D SPECIAL CONDITIONS I~)OCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS APPLICABLE TO CONTRACT Standard specifications, codes, rules and regulations referred to in these specifications by basic name or designation only shall be considered to be of the latest issue with all amendments es of the date of the advertisement for bids, unless one particular issue is specifically named. If no specification exists for any item, the City of Lewisville Specifications will apply. Where standards in these specifications are in conflict with those of the City of Lewisville, the City of Lewisville standards shall apply. B. Standard Form of Aareement General Conditions, Performance Bond and Payment Bond of the 'Standard Forms of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor', shall apply to this contract. II. II1. CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS The information appearing on the contract drawings has been obtained from field surveys. The drawings have been carefully prepared and all information shown, but the Contractor must satisfy himself as to the actual conditions to be encountered. The successful bidder will be furnished with five (5) copies of all contract drawings and speci- fications without charge. Additional sets will be furnished upon request at printing cost. Reuse of these documents on work other than defined by this contract is strictly prohibited. PERMITS AND LICENSES The Contractor shall procure all Federal, County, State, and City permits and licenses, including business licenses, and pay all charges and fees for the same without recourse under the contract, and shall give all notices necessary for the lawful prosecution of the work. D - 1 C&B 952132O10 IV. COOPERATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS When two or more Contractors are employed on related or adjacent work or obtain materials from the same material source, or when work must be completed by one Contractor before another can begin, each shall conduct his operations in such a manner as not to cause an unnecessary delay or hindrance to the other. Each Contractor shall be responsible to the other for all damage to work, to persons, or to property caused to the other by his operations, and for loss caused the other due to unreasonable or unjustified delays or failure to finish the work or portions thereof, or furnish materials within the time requested. The Developer, Owner or Engineer shall under no circumstances be liable or responsible for guaranteeing or assuring that any claims among Contractors shall be paid; and any representation, expressed or implied, that any Contractor to whom a contract is awarded is responsible or will be able to respond for damages is expressly negated. Vo SOIL REPORTS Such soil reports and boring logs as have been obtained for the conditions in the constru~on area are available for examination at the office of the Owner. Neither the Engineer nor the Developer accepts any responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of said data. VI. ACCESS AND HAUL ROUTES The Developer shall approve the proposed access roads which shall be used for the movement of personnel and equipment. The initial access roads shall be subject to change by the Developer, occasioned by the progress of the work or unforeseen conditions. The Contractor shall be permitted to propose alternate routes in accordance with permit limitations imposed upon him by state, county or municipal road or highway departments. No change in haul routes shall be the basis for extra payment. VII. EXISTING UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The Engineer has made a reasonable effort to locate all underground facilities. The contractor shall immediately report to the Engineer any additional underground facilities which he discovers. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine the true location and depth of all underground facilities if their preservation is necessary to the existing Owner of said facility. D - 2 c&8 952132010 VIII. (~ONSTRUCTION STAKING The Engineer will provide the horizontal and vertical data for the benchmarks shown on the primary control map. The Engineer will provide one set of construction stakes as described below for the facilities to be constructed under this contract. Excavation stakes for mass grading shall include stakes on a 100 foot grid (plans will have a supplementary 50 foot grid representing ultimate design). Clearing stakes will be provided at 2(}0 foot intervals delineating "Preservation Areas'. See Item IX. Protection of Trees for further information. Contractor shall be responsible for retaining stakes and resetting lost grade stakes. Any restaking charges will be beck charged to the Contractor by the Developer. Upon the Contractor's written statement of completion of the grading operation, the Engineer shall verify one time the Contractor's compliance to grades within the tolerance set forth in the Contractor's contract. At least two (2) working days shall be allowed for construction stakes requested by the Contractor. Final Lot Gradina The Engineer shall provide one set of grade stakes at the front and rear of the pads on the lot lines to indicate final grade and alignment and shall certify one time the pad elevations upon the Contractor's statement of completion. Any reverification shall be performed at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor has five (5) working days after the "Notice to Proceed" has been issued to verify staking. If the validity of any staking monument is questionable, either to horizontal or vertical location, the Contractor will notify the Engineer who will check the monument(s) in question. Any control monuments found to be in error will be reset. There will be no charge to the Contractor for this service, and it is understood that neither the Engineer nor the Developer will be charged for any standby or 'down' time as a result of such checking and/or resetting procedures. After the five (5) working days, the Contractor assumes the responsibility from the engineer for the accuracy and preservation of all survey stakes. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the accuracy of all construction staking. No additional stakes will be furnished, except as requested by the Contractor and paid for by him. This applies to all restaking for whatever reason, as well as for additional staking which the Contractor may request. Charges for restaking will be deducted from the next progress payment. D - 3 C&B 952132010 Staking Golor Index: Primary Control Traverse Une Street Centerline Drainage Water Sewer Manholes, Valves, Fire Hydrants, Inlets Building Location Soil Borings Pinkglo and White Pinkglo and Blue Pinkglo Red Blue and Yellow Pinkglo and Yellow Green Blue Yellow White w/Blue, Green, or Yellow White Only Red and Yellow During final inspection of the job, the Engineer will verify that all pdmary control monuments are still in place. Any missing or disturbed monuments shall be replaced by the Engineer at the Contractor's expense. IX. Xo PROTECTION OF TREES No tree (other than meaquitee) within the "Preeervation Areas" shall be removed without the exprese written permi~ilon from the Owner or hla authorized repreeentatlve. Only underbrush and mesquite clearing in these areas is required under this contract. All trees that are not designated to be removed shall be protected from damage to their trunks and limbs, and the Contractor shall not allow any fill or excavation material to be piled at the base of any of the existing trees so that the natural grade is raised. Any tree that is destroyed because of the aforementioned reasons shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Any tree of a specimen type that cannot be replaced in type and quality, or because of size, will be considered a value loss, and such trees will be assigned a net value of $1,000. The Developer will submit an itemized statement for such tree loss and may charge same against the Contractor's pay estimates, and withhold payment for all damaged or destroyed trees until replacement. STORAGE OF MATERIALS The Oontractor shall at all times carefully and properly protect all materials of every description, both before and after being used in the work, and provide any enclosing or special protection from the weather deemed necessary by the Engineer, without additional cost. Partial payments will not relieve the Contractor of any of his responsibility in this regard. D - 4 C&B 952132010 XI. SAMPLES AND TESTING The Owner will select the testing laboratories for the different tests which must be accomplished in a laboratory such as soils, concrete, welding, etc., and the Owner will pay for such services directly. The Contractor shall be responsible for seeing that these tests are performed and that the Engineer is furnished current information as to when tests are to be made. At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before delivery is started and before such material is used in the work. Representative samples of materials shall be submitted by the Contractor for testing or examination as described by the Engineer. All tests of materials furnished by the Contractor shall be made in accordance with commonly recognized standards of national organizations and such methods and tests as are presoribed in these specifications. The Contractor shall furnish such samples of materials as are requested by the Engineer without charge. Materials being tested shall not be used until they have been approved by the Engineer. Samples will be secured and tested whenever necessary to determine the quality of the material. Any additional tests required because of failing test results shall be performed at the Contractor's expense. Xll. The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of himself, his employees, and other persons, as well as for the protection of the safety of the improvements being erected and the property of himself or any other person, as a result of his operation. All work shall be done in accordance with the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Safety and Health Regulations of the United States Government for construction and all other applicable government regulations. Xlll. TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The time set forth in the proposal for the completion of the work is an essential element of the contract. The Contractor and Developer understand and agree that a breach of this contract, as to completion on time, will cause damage to the Developer. The parties agree that each and every calendar day the work or any portion thereof shall remain uncompleted after the expiration of the time limit, the amount per day given in the following schedule will be deducted from the money due or to become due the Contractor, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages and added expense of engineering and overhead. D - 5 c&a 952132010 Amount of Damages Per Under $ 1,000.00 10.00 $ 1,000.00 10,000.00 25.00 10,000.00 50,000.00 50.00 100,000.00 250,000.00 150.00 250,000.00 500,000.00 250.00 500,000.00 750,000.00 325.00 Over 750,0(X).00 400.00 The Contractor shall within 10 days from the beginning of any delay notify the Engineer, in writing, of the causes of delay. The Engineer shall ascertain the facts and the extent of delay, and his finding of the facts thereon shall be final and conclusive. XIV. Upon completion and before making application for acceptance of the work, the contractor shall clean all streets, borrow pits and all ground occupied by him in connection with the work of all rubbish, excess materials, temporary structures, and equipment. All parts of the work shall be left in a neat and presentable condition deemed satisfactory to the Developer. In general, cleanup operations shall progress during all phases of construction. Special cleanup conditions may be specified in the technical specifications. UTILITIES FOR CONSTRUCTION A. Water Water for all construction purposes shall be supplied by the Contractor. B. ~ The Contractor will be responsible for making his own provisions for electric power required for construction purposes and will pay all power cost. C. ~ The Contractor will be responsible for making his own arrangements for telephone services at the construction site and will pay all cost. D - 6 C&B 952132010 XVI. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Construction Soecifications In addition to the construction plans, facilities shall be built in accordance with the City of Lewisville specifications that apply for each project. All items listed are a part of the Contract Documents. B. Affidavit of Bills Paid Prior to final acceptance of this project by the Developer, the Contractor shall execute an affidavit that all bills for labor, materials, and incidentals incurred in the construction of these improvements have been paid in full, and that there are no claims pending. The Developer will also require partial lien waivers for each progress payment made during the construction process. Succeeding progress payments will not be made unless a lien waiver is obtained for each payment. A bills paid affidavit shall also be executed at the acceptance of any and all payments. C. Contract Documents The Contract Documents are complementary so that what is called for by one is as binding as if celled for by all. If the Contractor finds a conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, he will call it to the attention of the Engineer, in writing, before proceeding with the work affected thereby. In resolving such conflicts, errors and discrepancies, the documents shall be given precedence in the following order: Agreement, Specifications, Drawings. Within the specifications, the order of precedence shall be as follows: Proposal, Special Provisions, Instructions to Bidders, Technical Specifications, General Conditions and Agreement. Figure dimensions on drawings shall govern over scaled dimensions, and detailed drawings shall govern over general drawings. Any work which may be reasonably inferred from the specifications or drawings as being required to produce the intended result shall be supplied whether or not it is specifically called for. Work, materials or equipment described in words which so applied have a well-known technical or trade meaning shall be deemed to refer to such recognized standards. The Contractor assumes full responsibility for having familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, the work locality, and local conditions, which may in any manner affect the work to be done. FHA CERTIFICATION/EXCAVATION COMPLETION PARAMETERS The Contractor shall be responsible for seeing that the testing lab performs all testing required by FHA specifications and that all site fill has been placed in accordance with FHA spedfications data sheet 79G and these specifications. D - 7 C&B 952132010 Lots which are required to be benched shall be within 0.3' of proposed grade and within 0.1' of level. Streets shall be graded to ,0.2' of proposed grades. Engineer will verify grades one time at no charge to the Contractor. Revariflcation will be at the Contractor's expense. Indemnity_ To the ~ll extent permitted by law, CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to save, indemnify and keep harmless "OWNER* and its agents, employees, successors and assigns from and against all costs, expenses, obligations, liabilities, claims, causes of action, judgements, or demands for damages, injuries or losses to persons or property arising out of, resulting from, or in connection with performance of the Work under this Agreement, including, but not limited to the loss, by theft or othenvise, or damage to any building materials, equipment, tools, vehicles or other property of CONTRACTOR or any subcontractor of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR will defend any and all claims or suits which may brought or threatened against OWNER in connection therewith and will pay on behalf of OWNER all costs and expenses of any nature which OWNER incurs by reason of such claims or suit (including, but not limited to, court costs and attorneys fees by or on behalf of OWNER in defending or investigating such claims or actions). Such payment by CONTRACTOR on behalf of OWNER shall be in addition to any and all other legal or equitable remedies available to OWNER. In order to ensure fulfillment of the foregoing obligations, CONTRACTOR agrees to carry the following insurance coverage continuously during the term of this contract with insurance companies acceptable to OWNER; provided, however, that the maintenance by CONTRACTOR of the insurance coverage described herein shall in no way be construed to limit or discharge CONTRACTOR's obligations set forth in the preceding paragraph. (~Qmmercial General Uabilitv Coveraoe Commercial General Uability Insurance on a Claim Occurrence Form containing a per occurrence or aggregate combined single limit of $1,000,000.00 providing protection against bodily injury, property damage (Broad Form) and personal injury claims arising from the exposures of 1) premises-operations; 2) products and completed operations including materials designed, furnished and/or modified in any way by CONTRACTOR; 3) independent contractors; 4) contractual liability risk covering the indemnity obligations set forth in this Agreement; and 5) property damage resulting from explosion, collapse, or underground (x, c, u) exposures. D - 8 C&s 952132010 XlX. Automobile Uabilitv Coveraae Automobile Uability Coverage containing a $500,0(X) per occurrence and aggregate combined single limit of liability insuring against bodily injury and/or property damage arising out of the operation, maintenance or usa of any auto including, owned, nonowned, hired, agent and employee auto use. Worker's Comoensation Insurance Worker's Compensation Insurance providing statutory benefits imposed by applicable state or federal law such that (a) OWNER will have no liability to CONTRACTOR'S employees and agents; and (b) CONTRACTOR will satisfy all Worker's Compensation obligations imposed by state law. Such Worker's Compensation Insurance shall provide for a waiver of subrogation. Should CONTRACTOR or any subcontractor of CONTRACTOR fail to provide a certificate evidencing such Worker's Compensation Insurance, OWNER may withhold 10% of the amount otherwise due to CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING Excavation saquencing will proceed as shown on the plans. The sequencing consists of (three phasas) two phases and the remainder of the site. Phase I, located at the northwest corner of Rockbrook Drive and Highland Drive, will be completed first. Phase II, surrounding the perimeter of Phase I, will be completed second. Upon completion of Phase II, the remainder of the site will be sequenced at the contractors discretion. END OF SECTION D - 9 C&B 952132010 SECTION E SPECIFICATION FOR CONSTRUCTION C&B 952132010 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01340 01400 DIVISION 2 - SECTION 02010 02221 02222 02223 02375 02401 02601 DIVISION 3 - SECTION 03100 03200 03300 DIVISION 11 SECTION 11078 DIVISION 15 SECTION 15001 15005 15020 15030 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Contents GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TITLE Shop Drawings and Product Data Quality Control SITEWORK CONCRETE - EQUIPMENT - MECHANICAL TITLE Subsurface Investigation Excavation, Trenching, Embedment and Backfilling for Utilities Excavating and Structures Backfilling for Structures Drilled Concrete Piers Dewatering Manholes TITLE Concrete Formwork Concrete Reinforcement Cast-in-Place Concrete TITLE Submersible Non-clog Sewage Pumps TITLE Valves Sewer Pipe Installation and Testing Ductile Iron Pipe Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe TOC- I C&B 952132010 DIVISION 16 - 16010 16011 16012 1603O 16111 16120 16124 16130 16141 16190 16195 1645O 16461 16470 16505 ELECTRICAL Shop Drawings and Product Data Submittals Operation and Maintenance Manuals Testing Conduit Wire and Cable Wire Connection and Devices Boxes Wiring Devices Supporting Devices Electrical Identification Service Entrance Secondary Grounding Dry-Type Transformers Panelboards Ughting Fixtures - Building TOC- 1 C&B 952132010 SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION AND REQUIREMENTS A. Type of Submittals This section of the specifications describes the procedures for submittals such as shop drawings, product data, samples and miscellaneous work-related submittals. B. Submittal Contents The submittal contents required are specified in each Section. C. Definitions Submittals are categorized as follows: 1. Shop Drawings ao Shop drawings shall include technical data, drawings, diagrams, performance curves, schedules, templates, patterns, reports, calculations, instructions, measurements and similar information as applicable to specific item for which the shop drawing is prepared. bo Provide newly-prepared information, on reproducible sheets, with graphic information at accurate scale (except as otherwise indicated) or appropriate number of prints hereof, with name of preparer (firm name) indicated. The contract drawings shall not be traced or reproduced by any method for use as or lieu of detail shop drawings. Show dimensions and note which are based on field measurement. Identify materials and products in the work shown. Indicate compliance with standards and special coordination requirements. Do not allow shop drawing copies without appropriate final 'Action' markings by the Engineer to be used in connection with the Work. 01340- 1 C&B 952132010 2. Product Data ao Product data includes standards printed information on materials, products and systems, not specially prepared for this project, other than the designation of selections from among available choices printed therein. Collect required data into one submittal for each unit for work or system, and mark each copy to show which copies and options are applicable to project. Include manufacturer's standard printed recommendations for application and use, compliance with standards, application of labels and seals, notation of field measurements which have been checked, and special coordination requirements. 3. Samples Samples include both fabricated and unfabricated physical examples of materials, products and units of work, both as complete units and as smaller portions of units of work, either for limited visual inspection or (where indicated) for more detailed testing and analysis. bo Provide units identical with final condition of proposed materials or products for the work. Include 'range' samples (not less than 3 units) where unavoidable variations must be expected, and describe or identify variations between units of each set. Provide full set of optional samples where the Engineer's selection is required. Prepare samples to match the Engineer's sample where so indicated. Include information with each sample to show generic description, source of product name and manufacturer, limitations, and compliance with standards. Samples are submitted for review and confirmation of color, pattern, texture and 'kind' by the Engineer. Engineer will not 'test' samples (except as otherwise indicated) for other requirements, which are the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. Miscellaneous submittals related directly to the work (non-administrative) include warranties, maintenance agreements, workmanship bonds, survey data and reports, physical work records, statements of applicability, quality testing and certifying reports, copies of industry standards, record drawings, field measurement data, operating and maintenance materials, overrun stock, security/protection/safety keys and similar information, devices and materials applicable to the work but not processed as shop drawings, product data or samples. 01340 - 2 C&B 952132010 1.02 5. Special Project Requirements a. Concrete Reinforcing Drawing Concrete Reinforcing Drawings will be checked for general arrangement and structural safety; however, the responsibility of reinforcing the structures in compliance with the design drawings rests entirely with the Contractor. The shop drawings shall have been checked by the Contractor before being submitted. Drawings submitted that have not been checked will not be accepted. The reinforcing details shall consist of a bar schedule, showing the number of bars, marks, sizes, lengths, weights, bending configurations, and an erection drawing indicating the location in the structure of all reinforcing bars and accessories as required to support the steel in compliance with the latest American concrete Institute Manual of Standard Practice and as specified. GENERAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Scheduling Where appropriate in various required administrative submittals (listings of products, manufacturers, suppliers and sub-contractors, and in job progress schedule), show principle work-related submittal requirements and time schedules for coordination and integration of submittal activity with related work in each instance. B. Coordination of Submittal Times Within 20 days after receipt of a notice of award, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a complete listing of all items to be submitted. The listing shall include the following information: 1. Item to be submitted 2. Expected date of first submittal 3. Latest date of approval The listing shall be sufficiently broken down to provide for partial submittal of some items (i.e. reinforcing steel and concrete drawings). The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval of the submittal schedule prior to making the first submittal. 01340 - 3 C&B 952132010 1.03 C. Sequencing Requirements As applicable in each instance, do not proceed with a unit of work until submittal procedures have been sequenced with related units of work, in a manner which will ensure that the action will not need to be later modified or rescinded by reason of a subsequent submittal which should have been processed earlier or concurrently for coordination. D. Preparation of Submittals Provide permanent marking on each submittal to identify project, data, contractor, subcontractor, submittal name and similar information to distinguish it from other submittals. Show Contractor's executed review and approval marking and provide space for the Engineer's "Action' marking. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Submittals which are received from sources other than through the Contractor's office will be returned 'without action'. E. Number of Copies 1. Submit one reproducible and one blue line of shop drawings. Reproducible will be returned to Contractor. Submit two copies of each sample and product data for the Engineer's use. The Contractor shall also submit the number of additional copies (up to four) that he wishes returned to him. SPECIFIC CATEGORY REQUIREMENTS Except as otherwise indicated in the individual work sections, comply with general requirements specified herein for each indicated category of submittal. 1. ' Submittals shall contain: a. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions. b. The project title and number. c. The names of the: 1. Contractor 2. Supplier 3. Manufacturer 01340 - 4 C&B 952132010 1.04 1.05 d. Identification of the product, with the Specification Section number and equipment tag numbers. e. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. f. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials. g. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. h. Notification to the Engineer in writing, at the time of submission, of any deviations in the submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents. i. Identification of revisions on resubmittals. j. An 8-inch x 3-inch blank space for Contractor and Engineer stamps. k. Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the Work and of Contract Documents. I. Submittal sheets or drawings showing more than the particular items under consideration shall have all but the pertinent description of the item for which review is requested crossed out. ROUTING OF SUBMITTALS Submittals and routine correspondence shall be routed as follows: 1. Supplier to Contractor (through representative if applicable) for preliminary check. 2. Contractor to Consulting Engineer for general review or comment. 3. Consulting Engineer to Contractor. 4. Contractor to Supplier. REVIEW OF SUBMITTALS A. Review Time Allow a minimum of two weeks for the Engineer's initial processing of each submittal requiring review and response, except allow longer periods where processing must be delayed for coordination with subsequent submittals. The 01340 - 5 C&B 952132010 Engineer will advise the Contractor promptly when it is determined that a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. Allow two weeks for reprocessing each submittal. Advise the Engineer on each submittal as to whether processing time is critical to progress of the work, and therefore the work would be expedited if processing time could be foreshortened. Engineer's Action Final Unrestricted Release. Work may proceed,provided it complies with Contract Documents, when a submittal is returned with the following marking: 'Reviewed'. e Conditional Release. Work may proceed, provided it complies with the Contract Documents and the revisions indicated on the submittal are made, when a submittal is returned with the following marking: "Furnish as Corrected". Revision Requested. Work may not proceed. Make indicated revisions to the submittal and resubmit the information, when a submittal is returned with the following marking: 'Revise and Resubmit'. Rejection. Work may not proceed. Item submitted does not conform to the plans and specifications. Resubmit an item that does conform to the specifications when a submittal is returned with the following marking: "R~ected' PART 2 - PRODUCT (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable END OF SECTION 01340 - 6 C&B 952132010 SECTION 014O0 QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION Specific quality control requirements for the Work are indicated throughout the Contract Documents. Quality control provisions for manufactured products are specified in individual work sections. 1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS Perform testing to meet the requirements of pertinent codes and regulations and with selected standards as specified elsewhere on the Specifications. 1.03 TEST REPORTS Process and distribute test reports and related instructions promptly to ensure necessary retesting and replacement of materials with the least possible delay in the Work. 1.04 PAYMENT FOR LABORATORY TESTING SERVICES A. The Owner will pay for initial testing unless otherwise specified. B. When initial tests indicate non-compliance with the Contract Documents, perform retesting by the same testing laboratory at the Contractor's expense. C. Inspection or testing performed exclusively for the Contractor's convenience shall be borne by the Contractor. D. No separate payment will be made under this paragraph for testing required for batch design for concrete. 1.05 EQUIPMENT TESTING A. Upon completion of the Work and prior to final acceptance and payment, test equipment as specified or required for compliance with Contract Documents. B. Adjust or replace equipment which does not meet requirements of Contractor Documents during test at no extra cost to Owner. 01400 - 1 C&B 952132010 1.06 Include costs of equipment testing in the price of equipment to be installed when applicable. MATERIAL TESTING The Owner will select and pay for the testing laboratories for the different tests such as soils, concrete, welding, etc. The Contractor shall be responsible for seeing that these tests are performed and that the Engineer is furnished current information as to when tests are to be made. Hydrostatic testing will be performed by the Contractor at his expense. At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before delivery is started and before such material is used in the work. Representative samples of materials shall be submitted by the Contractor for testing or examination as described by the Engineer. Representatives of the testing laboratory shall have access to the Work at all times. Provide facilities for access in order that laboratory may perform its functions properly. C. Testing Schedules Consult testing laboratory in advance to determine time required to perform tests and issue each of the findings. Include required time within construction schedule. When changes of the construction schedule are necessary, coordinate such changes with the testing laboratory as required. Do All samples for testing, unless otherwise provided elsewhere in these Specifications, shall be taken by the testing laboratory. All sampling equipment and personnel shall be provided by the testing laboratory unless otherwise specified. All deliveries of samples to the testing laboratory shall be performed by the testing laboratory unless otherwise specified. END OF SECTION 01400 - 2 C&B 952132010 SECTION ~1 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILLING FOR UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE This section provides for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for excavation, trenching, bedding, and backfilling for construction of utility lines and appurtenances by open excavation. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS B. C. D. Section 01400 - Quality Control Section 02222 - Excavating For Structures Section 02010 - Subsurface Investigation Section 02401 - Dewatering PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EARTH BACKFILL Earth backfill shall be free of lumps, stones, trash, and spongy or otherwise objectionable material and approved by the Engineer. Approved backfill material may be from the excavation or borrowed. 2.2 CEMENT-SAND BACKFILL The stabilized sands should have a compressive strength of at least 100 psi at 7 days when compacted to 95 percent of ASTM D-698 maximum dry density and cured in accordance with ASTM C-31. The sand should be mixed in a pug mill type mixer. The sand gradation should be as follows: Sieve Size Percent Passing 3.0" 100 1.75" 75- 100 No. 4 75 - 100 No. 40 15-95 No. 200 0- 15 02221 - 1 C&B 952132010 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATION Provide adequate safety measures to prevent unauthorized persons or vehicles from entering or falling into any excavation, including, but not limited to, fences, steel plates, gates, and barricades. B. Excavate materials encountered to lines and grades indicated. Excavate by open cut with trenching machine, back hoe, or by hand operation. Do not use excavated material composed of large chunks or clods (greater than 6 inches in diameter) for backfill, but dispose of such material as specified in Waste Material Disposal Section, and provide other suitable material for backfill without additional expense to the Owner. During excavation, pile material suitable for backfilling in an orderly manner far enough from the bank of the trench to avoid overloading, slides, or cave-ins. However, no piling of excavated materials are allowed on pavement at anytime. When excavated under pavement, load excavated material directly onto haul trucks and dispose of accordingly. Grade as necessary to prevent surface water from flowing into trenches or other excavations. 3.2 SHEETING AND BRACING Prior to beginning work, Contractor shall have submitted Trench Safety Program as required by Special Provision for Trench Safety System. Install in sewer trenches, and other excavation with vertical sides, sheeting and bracing necessary to support the sides. Install sheeting and bracing so as to place no undue or damaging strain on uncompleted work. Repair any damage resulting from settlement or lack of bracing. Bo The sides of all trenches shall be securely held by bracing and sheeting which, if not ordered left in place, may be removed in units when the level of backfilling has reached the elevation necessary to properly protect the work and adjacent property. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, sheeting or shoring cannot be safely removed, it shall be left in place. Cut off sheeting or shoring left in place at least 5 feet below the surface. 02221 - 2 C&B 952132010 3.3 3.4 3.5 If the Engineer considers the trench or excavation to be inadequately supported or protected, install additional sheeting or bracing to make the same safe. The Engineer's approval or suggestions shall not release the Contractor from full liability for the safety of the work. TRENCH EXCAVATION Cut banks of pipe trench as nearly vertical as practical. Remove stones as necessary to avoid point-bearing. If necessary, install dewatering system to provide a dry trench bottom. Over excavate wet or unstable soil from the trench bottom to permit construction of a more stable bed for pipe. Bo Dig the trench the proper width as specified. If the trench width below the top of pipe is wider than specified in this section or shown on the PLANS, then install a higher class of pipe and/or improved bedding as determined by the Engineer. Accurately grade the trench bottom to provide uniform bearing and support for each section of pipe on undisturbed soil at every point along its entire length, except where necessary to excavate for bell holes and for proper sealing of pipe joints. Dig bell holes and depressions for joint after the trench bottom has been graded. Make bell holes and depressions for joints no deeper, longer, or wider than needed to make the joint properly. Do not over excavate. If any excavation is carried beyond the lines and grades required or authorized, fill such space with cement-stabilized sand or other suitable material as directed by the Engineer at no extra cost to the Town. Do not advance the excavation of the trench more than 60 feet ahead of the completed pipe work, except where specifically authorized by the Engineer. PIPE BEDDING As shown on plans and North Central Council of Governments Standard Specifications, Section 2.1.8. UTILITY INSTALLATION Ao Storm and Sanitary Sewers: Umit clear space on either side of the pipe to 9 inches at and below the top of the pipe. Above the pipe, cut as wide as necessary to sheet and brace and properly perform the work. Excavation for Appurtenances: Excavate sufficiently for manholes, access shafts, and similar structures to leave at least 2 feet clear between the outer surfaces and the embankment or timber that may be used to hold and protect the banks. 02221 - 3 C&B 952132010 3.6 3.7 Any over-depth excavation below such appurtenances not directed will be considered unauthorized and shall be refilled with sand, gravel, cement-sand, or concrete as directed by engineer at no extra cost to the Town. PROTECTION OR REMOVAL OF UTILITY LINES Anticipate all underground obstructions such as, but not limited to, water mains; gas lines; storm and sanitary sewers; telephone, electric light, or power ducts; concrete; and debris. Any such lines or obstruction indicated on the drawings show only the approximate locations and shall be verified in the field by the Contractor at his expense. The Owner and Engineer will endeavor to familiarize the Contractor with all known utilities and obstructions, but this will not relieve the Contractor from full responsibility in anticipating all underground obstructions whether or not shown on the drawings. Maintain in proper working order and without interruption of service all existing utilities and services which may be encountered in the work, except that with the consent of the Engineer such service connections may be temporarily interrupted to permit the Contractor to remove designated lines or to make temporary changes in the location thereof as will aid in the completion of the work and, at the same time, maintain service to property so originally benefitted. The cost of making any temporary changes shall be at the Contractor's expense and shall be incidental to the price of the project. Before starting construction, the Contractor shall notify all utility companies involved to have their utilities located and marked in the field. Contractor shall uncover all underground utilities to verify location and elevation in advance of construction near them so that adjustments can be made if necessary. The Contractor shall obtain ail necessary permits. BACKFILLING Criteria: Do not backfill trenches until all utility systems as installed conform to specified requirements of appropriate sections. Backfill trenches to ground surface with specified material. Reopen trenches improperly backfilled to depth required for proper compaction. Refill and recompact as specified or otherwise correct the condition in an approved manner. B. Open Areas Not Under Pavements or Structures 1. Refer to subsection 3.4 Pipe Bedding above for bedding requirements. Above the pipe bedding, deposit earth backfill in 12-inch layers to the top of the trench. Compact each layer to 90 percent standard Proctor density. 02221 - 4 C&B 952132010 Pavement Sections 1. Refer to subsection 3.4 Pipe Bedding above for bedding requirements. Above the pipe bedding, deposit cement-stabilized sand backfill in 8-inch layers to a point I foot below the top of the subgrade and compact each layer to 95 percent standard Proctor density. Place suitable earth backfill up to the bottom of pavement. Cure cement.stabilized sand top layer at least three days before placing subgrada layer and pavement or traffic loading on top of it. PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Payment for work under this Section shall be incidental to the price bid for which this work is a component part. END OF SECTION 02221 - 5 C&B 952132010 SECTION 02222 EXCAVATING FOR STRUCTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavating foundations. B. Excavating for site structures. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Be C. D. 1.3 FIELD Section 02010 - Subsurface Investigation: Geotechnical report; bore hole locations and findings of subsurface materials. Section 01400 - Quality Control. Section 02401 - Dewatering, Section 02223. Backfilling. MEASUREMENTS Verify that survey bench mark and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used.) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum. B. Locate, identify, and protect utilities that remain, from damage. C. Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities. D. Protect plant life, lawns, and other features remaining as a portion of final landscaping. C&B 952132010 3.2 3.3 3.4 E. Protect bench marks, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving and curbs from excavation equipment and vehicular traffic. EXCAVATION A. Underpin adjacent structures which may be damaged by excavation work. B. Excavate subsoil required to accommodate foundations, site structures and construction operations. C. Grade top perimeter of excavation to prevent surface water from draining into excavation. D. Hand trim excavation. Remove loose matter. E. Notify Architect/Engineer of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue affected Work in area until notified to resume work. F. Correct areas over-excavated in accordance with Section 02223. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. B. Provide for visual inspection of bearing surfaces. PROTECTION A. Protect excavations by methods required to prevent cave-in or loose soil from falling into excavation. B. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundation, from freezing. END OF SECTION 02222 - 2 C&B 952132010 SECTION 02223 BACKFILLING FOR STRUCTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Foundation wall perimeter and site structure backfilling. B. Site filling and backfilling. C. Fill under slabs-on-grade. D. Consolidation and compaction as scheduled. E. Fill for over-excavation. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS Section 02010 - Subsurface Investigation: Geotechnical report; bore hole locations and findings of subsurface materials. B. Section 01400 - Quality Control. C. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete materials. 1.3 REFERENCES AASHTO T180 - Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 10-lb (4.54 kg) Rammer and an 18-in. (457 mm) Drop. ANSI/ASTM D698 - Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5.5 lb (2.49 Kg) Rammer and 12 inch (304.8 mm) Drop. ANSI/ASTM D1556 - Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method. ANSI/ASTM D1557 - Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 10 lb (4.54 Kg) Rammer and 18 inch (457 mm) Drop. ASTM D2167 - Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Rubber Balloon Method. 02223- I C&B 952132010 Fo ASTM D2922 - Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). ASTM D3017 - Test Methods for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Concrete. All concrete shall comply with the requirements of Section 03300, Concrete, as indicated on the Drawings. B. Concrete Subgrade Protection. 2000 psi Concrete 4" thick. C. Backfill Material. 1. Ordinary Backkfill. Good sound earth free from waste, rubbish, objectionable organic matter, large rocks, waste concrete, or other unstable or unsuitable material. 2. Select Backfill. Non-expansive sandy clay, clayey sand, silty sand or clean sand with a maximum liquid limit of 35 percent and a maximum plasticity index of 20. Limits of backfill shall be a shown on Drawings. 3. Compacted Clay Backfill. Non-expansive sandy clay or clayey sand with a maximum liquid limit of 35 percent and a maximum plasticity index of 20. Limits of backfill shall be as shown on Drawings. 4. Select Sand Backfill. Granular sand matedal meeting the requirements of ASTM C-33, with the following gradation: Sieve Size % Passing 3/8 in. 100 No. 4 95 to 100 No. 8 80 to 100 No. 16 50 to 85 No. 30 25 to 60 No. 50 10 to 30 No. 100 2 to 10 The amount of deleterious substances in the select sand shall not exceed limits defined in ASTMC-33. 02223-2 C&B 952132010 Do The limits of select sand backfill shall be as shown on the Drawings. Crushed Stone. Crushed stone shall contain no more than 1 percent by weight of organic matter, clays, and loam. Crushed stone shall contain no more than 5 percent by weight of any one or combination of slate, shale, schist or soft particles of sandstone. The sample of crushed stone, when tested in compliance with ASTM C 136, shall comply with the following requirements: Sieve Size Percent Passing 1/2 - inch 100 3/8 - inch 98 - 100 No. 4 15- 60 No. 10 0- 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify subdrainage, dampproofing or waterproofing installation has been inspected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Compact subgrade to density requirements for subsequent backfill materials. B. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of in situ compaction. Backfill with crushed stone. C. Scarify and proof roll subgrade surface to a depth of 6 inches to identify soft spots; fill and compact to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent fill material. 3.3 D. Provide 4" thick concrete slab to protect subgrade. BACKFILLING A. B. Backfill areas to contours and elevations with unfrozen materials. Systematically backfill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not backfill over porous, wet, frozen or spongy subgrade surfaces. Do not begin backfilling operations untiil walls have attained their specified 28 day compressive strength. "Select Backfill", "Select Sand Backfill", and "Compacted Clay Backfill", shall be brought uniformly around the structure in horizontal layers of uniform thickness 02223-3 C&B 952132010 such that after consolidation the layers are not greater than 12 inches in thickness. Moisten and compact the material to a density of at least 90 percent of the maximum dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM D 698. Add successive layers in the same manner until the backfill reaches the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Remove all sheeting, shoring or bracing in such a manner as to prevent caving in of the bank or disturbance of adjacent areas of structures. Eo Density of backfill in place shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 2922, at the Owners expense. Backfill that fails the density tests will be retested at the Contractor's expense. Backfilling behind all walls shall be done with hand-operated tampers or light compaction equipment. Heavy compaction equipment shall not be used closer than 6 feet from the wall. G. Employ a placement method that does not disturb or damage other work. Maintain optimum moisture content of backfill materials to attain required compaction density. I. Backfill simultaneously on each side of foundation walls. J. Slope grade away from building minimum 2 inches in 10 ft, unless noted otherwise. K. Make gradual grade changes. Blend slope into level areas. L. Remove surplus backfill materials from site. M. Leave fill material stockpile areas free of excess fill materials. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. Bo If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and retest. C. Frequency of Tests: 3 tests, per lift. END OF SECTION O2223-4 C&B 95213201O SECTION 02375 DRILLED CONCRETE PIERS (CAISSONS) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Machine drilled shaft placement of shaft liner, socketing the base. B. Placing concrete and reinforcement. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. SECTION 02222 - Excavating: Excavating to working level. B. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement: Requirements for concrete reinforcement. C. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: Requirements for concrete. REFERENCES A. ACI 336.1 - Construction of End Bearing Drilled Piers. QUALIFICATIONS A. Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years documented experience. 1.3 1.4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. Equipment: Appropriate to dewater excavated shaft. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Use placement method which will not cause damage to nearby structures. B. Protect structures near the Work, from damage. 02375-1 C&B 952132010 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Clean shaft and bottom of loose material. Maintain shafts free of water. B. Allow inspection of shaft and liner pdor to placement of reinforcement and concrete. C. Place reinforcing steel in accordance with Section 03200. D. Place concrete in single pour, in accordance with Section 03300 with equipment designed for vertical placement of concrete. E. Progressively raise shaft liner dudng concrete placement. Do not permit top of pier to deform to a mushroom shape due to premature removal of liner. F. Extend reinforcement. Provide dowels for connection of mat. G. Set tops of piles to elevations indicated. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. 3.4 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Record actual location of piers, pier diameter and pier length. B. Accurately record the following: 1. Sizes, lengths and locations of piers and footing groups. 2. Sequence of placement. 3. Final base and top elevations. 4. Deviation from indicated locations. 3.5 UNACCEPTABLE PIERS A. Unacceptable Piers: Piers that fail, are placed out of position, are below elevations, or are damaged. B. Provide additional piers or replace piers failing to conform to specified requirements. END OF SECTION 02375-2 C&B 952132010 SECTION 02401 DEWATERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION The proposed site for the Lift Station lies within a flood plane. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to protect the stored materials, unfinished work, and his own equipment from flood damage. Bo Construct all permanent work in areas free from water. Design, construct and maintain all dikes, levees, cofferdams and diversion drainage channels as necessary to maintain the areas free from water and to protect areas to be occupied by permanent work from water damage. Contractor shall be responsible for designing, furnishing, installing, testing, operating, monitoring and maintaining a system to control ground water and surface water as required to comply with the performance requirements specified. Controlling and removing seepage and surface water from the excavation, including excavation slope erosion control. Removal of temporary dewatedng systems not indicated to remain after completion of the specified portion of the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for the stability of all temporary and permanent slopes, grades, foundations, materials and structures during the course of the Contract. Repair and replace all slopes, grades, foundations, materials and structures damaged by water, both surface and sub-surface, to the lines, grades and conditions existing pdor to the damage at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) Part 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Temporary dewatedng system shall be designed by a registered professional engineer registered in the State of Texas. 02401 - I C&B 952132010 3.02 Co Temporary dewatedng system work shall be performed by a firm which has at least 5 years successful experience in the field of dewatering. Codes and Standards: Perform temporary dewatering system work in compliance with applicable requirements of governing authorities having jurisdiction. D. Survey Work: Engage a qualified surveyor, acceptable to the Engineer to perform all surveys, layouts and measurements. The surveyor shall lay out the work to the lines and grades required before installation, and to determine the location of each wellpoint, well, and piezometer, and other data as required. The surveyor shall record and maintain all information pertinent to each wellpoint and well, and cooperate with other testing and inspection personnel to provide data for required reports. Testing of Materials and Installed Work: Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting, as directed by the Engineer or Owner's Representative, at any time during the progress of the work. Allow free access to material stockpiles and facilities at all times. Tests, not specifically indicated to be done at the Owner's expense, including the retesting or rejected materials and installed work, shall be included in the Base Proposal Amount. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Prevent seepage from entedng the excavation and provide a dry installation for a "mud" seal slab and foundation mat. Design, furnish, install, test, operate, monitor and maintain whatever additional systems that may be necessary to maintain the excavation free of groundwater seepage and surface water, regardless of source. The periphery of the entire excavation shall be graded and maintained to prevent surface water from entering the excavation. All water seeping, falling or running into the excavation as it is dug, and until temporary dewatering system is removed as specified, shall be promptly pumped out. Dispose of all seepage and surface water removed from the project site in conjunction with each of the above systems, by methods approved by authorities having jurisdiction and Engineer. 02401-2 C&B 952132010 3.03 3.04 3.05 Fo Take appropriate and approved measures to prevent significant erosion of the excavation slopes. MAINTENANCE Provide system maintenance including, but not limited to, at least daily supervision by someone skilled in the operation, maintenance and replacement of system components; maintaining at least three spare wellpoint units onsite at all times; one spare (connected0 diesel powered power source; and any other work required by the Owner's Representative to maintain the excavation in a dewatered and hydrostatically relieved condition. Dewatedng and pressure relief shall be a continuous operation and interruptions due to power outages, or any other reason, shall not be permitted. A responsible operator capable of starting, fueling and maintaining the dewatedng system, and starting standby equipment shall be on duty at all times. Some responsible person shall continuously monitor the dewatedng and surface water control systems until the contractor has received written approval by Owner's Representative that he may discontinue surface and/or groundwater control. CORRECTION OF WORK The Contractor shall be fully responsible for failure of all components of the temporary dewatedng work, and for all damages to work in the excavation area caused by failure to provide, maintain and operate the temporary dewatedng systems a specified. Restore all damaged work, including failed components of the work of this section to a condition as good as or better than existed pdor to failure of components. SUBMI'I=I'ALS Ao Contractor shall submit to the Engineer: Manufacturer's Data, and Dewatedng Sytem Data, at least fifteen (15) days pdor to start of temporary dewatedng system work, submit complete information regarding power, pumps, well screens, filter material, header pipe, spare equipment and all other proposed equipment to be utilized in the temporary dewatedng work specified in this section. Data and shop drawings shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following: Plan layout including, but not limited to, actual excavation limits proposed by contractor, location of wellpoints and wells, piping system and pumps, details of wellpoints and wells, and piping. Characteristics of pumps and type and source of power, and types and pertinent features of well screens, wellpints, and spare equipment. 02401 -3 C&B 952132010 Method and procedure for installing and testing the wellpoints and wells. Procedures for operating, maintaining, and monitoring the dewatedng and surface water control systems. Contingency procedures, pumps, and materials that will be stored at the project site for system maintenance and system failure. The information listed above is to be submitted for the information of the Owner and Engineer only. Submittal of this information to the Engineer shall not in any way relieve the Contractor and his Engineer of their responsibility to provide functional dewatering system. Wellpoint and Well Records: The following information regarding the installation of each wellpoint and well will be recorded on a suitable form by the Owner's Representative with assistance from the contractor as required: 1. Wellpoint and well number. 2. Date of installation. 3. Ground elevation at wellpoints and wells. 4. Depth to top of semi-pervious stratum. 5. Depth to bottom of semi-pervious stratum. 6. Riser pipe length. 7. Total depth of hole. 8. Depth to bottom of wellpoints and wells. 9. Tip of wellpoints and wells. 10. Top of filter. 11. Wellpoints and wells flow at end of 20 minutes of pumping. 12. Total pumping time. 13. Rate of sand infiltration at end of pumping in parts per million (ppm). Monitoring Groundwater Level and Wellpoint and Well Flows: Contractor shall submit daily to Owner's Representative, copies of water levels in the piezometers and flow from the wellpoint and well system within 24 hours of time data is taken. END OF SECTION O2401-4 C&B 952132010 SECTION 02601 MANHOLES PART 1 - GENERAL This Section specifies the manufacturer, the materials, and the construction of manholes. All manhole construction shall be performed in accordance with this Section or on the contract drawings. 1.2 Submittals Submit requirements as specified under Section *Concrete' for cast-in-place concrete manholes. Be Submit manufacturer's catalog sheets and technical information on pr.cast manhole sections, joint connections, corrosion protection system and other pertinent information for pr.cast concrete and monolithic concrete manhole system. C. Submit manufacturer's catalog sheets on manhole frame and cover. De All structural designs submitted by Contractor shall be sealed and signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. PART 2 - PRODUCT A. Materials Pr. cast concrete, in accordance with ASTM C 478, as manufactured by Hydro Conduit Corporation, Gifford Hill & Company or approved equal. 2. Cast-in-place concrete. Concrete Manholes: Provide corrosion protection system as specified inAZ Factor Design Concrete for Sewer Application$. Provide a minimum alkalinity of 0.75 for pr.cast concrete manholes and monolithic reinforced concrete manholes. Provide a minimum concrete cover of 3 inches over reinforcing steel on the inside of cast-in-place and pre-cast manholes. 02601 - 1 C&B 952132010 Co Eo Fo Ho Cast-In-Place Concrete Manholes 1. In areas of unsuitable soil conditions outside forms will be required. The area between the outside wall of the pipe and the block out area, after pipe connection, must be completely filled with nonshrink epoxy grout to ensure a watertight connection. A minimum wall thickness of 6 inches will be permitted for depths up to 16 feet when the 28-day compressive strength, of the concrete to be used, is a minimum of 4,000 pounds per square inch for AZ factor design concrete. A minimum wall thickness of 12 inches will be permitted for depths in excess of 16 feet when the 28-day compressive strength, of the concrete to be used, is a minimum of 4,0(X) pounds per square inch for AZ factor design concrete. o A maximum of 12 inches of vertical adjustment to the cone of the manhole may be provided by concrete adjustment rings. Manholes manufactured with tapered wall thicknesses should have both the top and the bottom labeled, as well as the 'Maximum Depth,' in feet, on the bottom section of the manhole. All cutouts to accommodate pipes shall be smoothly cut using proper hand tools. A minimum of 18 inches of vertical adjustment to the cone of the manhole shall be provided by concrete rings in a full feed of mortar. Minimum Cover Size: Provide manhole opening size, as shown on the contract drawings. Waterstop: All sewers entering and existing a manhole shall have watertight connections between the pipe and the manhole wall. Wall pipe shall be used for ductile iron sewers connected to concrete manholes. Waterstop shall be used with flexible pipe connected to concrete manholes. Backfill Material: All manhole pits shall be backfilled with cement-stabilized sand compacted in 8-inch lifts to 95 percent standard Proctor density without additional moisture control. 02601 - 2 C&B 952132010 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Installation When necessary, the excavation must be adequately dewatered until the backfilling operation is complete to prevent the manhole and base from floating. 3.2 Precast Concrete Manholes Excavate the pit for a manhole structure no wider than the manhole diameter plus 4 feet, allowing 2 feet around the structure. Manhole pit excavation is unclassified. The manhole base may be either cast-on-site or monolithic round, precast reinforced concrete base sections. The bottom or floor of precast base sections shall have a minimum thickness of 12 inches unless shown otherwise on the plans. The bottom shall project no less than 6 inches beyond the outside walls of the base to form a flange intended to resist uplift. Co The precast concrete base shall have suitable cutouts or holes to receive all pipe and connections. The lowest edge of holes or cutouts shall be no less than 6 inches above the inside surface of the floor of the base. Manhole barrel sections shall have tongue-and-groove or O-ring joints as shown on the drawings. Joints shall be sealed with Neenah Foundry Company Manhole Sealant, Sylvax or approved equal. Where pipes are connected to the manhole base or barrel, the connection shall be made water tight with robber gasket assembly such as Kor-N-Seal, A-Lok or an approved equal, a 6' thick layer of 2000 psi non-shrink grout shall be placed around connection. Manholes shall be built up so that the cover, when placed, shall be at the designated elevation. Not less than two precast concrete grade rings, with a total thickness of not more than 12 inches, shall be placed under the casting. 3.3 Manhole Testing Testing. Manholes shall be tested for leakage separately and independently of the wastewater lines by hydrostatic exfiltration testing, vacuum testing, or other methods acceptable to the TNRCC Commission. If a manhole fails a leakage test, the manhole must be made tight and retested. The maximum leakage for hydrostatic testing shall be 0.025 gallons per foot diameter per foot of manhole depth per hour. Alternative methods must ensure compliance with the above allowable leakage. 02601.3 C&B 952132010 Hydrostatic ex'filtration testing shall be performed es follows: all westewater lines coming into the manhole shall be sealed with an internal pipe plug, then the manhole shall be filled with water and maintained full for at least one hour. For concrete manholes a wetting period of 24 hours may be used prior to testing in order to allow saturation of the concrete. PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The unit price bid per manhole shall include the manhole (all depths), all manhole appurtermnce, ladders, grating, coating and lining, drop connections, intermediate landings, excavation, backfill with cement stabilized sand in accordance with the PLANS and Technical Specifications, dewatering, and testing, complete in place. Bo Trench Safety Systems shall be a separate bid item as required by law. Payment for trench safety systems associated with manhole construction shall be made per linear foot of trench length, or diameter of a circular excavation. Estimated quantities for trench safety systems associated with manhole construction have been included in the Trench Safety Systems bid item covering all anticipated open excavations. Contractor is advised that top of manhole elevation shown on the PLANS are approximate, based on current pavement and natural ground conditions as determined from elevations measured on 50-foot spacings. No additional payment will be made if the final elevation of the manhole ring and cover is higher due to the requirements of finished grade and/or the replaced pavement surface. END OF SECTION 02601 - 4 C&B 952132010 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART I. - GENERAL A. RELATED SECTIONS 1. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. 2. Section 033(X) - Cast-in-Place Concrete. B. REFERENCES ACl 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. ACl 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 3. ACI 347 - Recommended Practice For Concrete Formwork. 4. PS 1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood. C. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 1. Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to code requirements; resultant concrete to conform to required shape, line and dimension. D. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Perform Work in accordance with ACl. 2. Maintain copy of each document on site. E. QUALIFICATIONS 1. Design formwork under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State of Texas. F. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1. Conform to applicable code for design, fabrication, erection and removal of formwork. 03100- 1 952132010 Go Ho DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDUNG 1. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section Store off ground in ventilated and protected manner to prevent deterioration from moisture. COORDINATION 1. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01039. Coordinate this Section with other Sections of work which require attachment of components to formwork. If formwork is placed after reinforcement resulting in insufficient concrete cover over reinforcement, before proceeding, request instructions from Architect/Engineer. PART II. - PRODUCTS A. WOOD FORM MATERIALS 1. Form Materials: At the discretion of the Contractor. 2.2 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Release Agent: Colorless mineral oil which will not stain concrete, or absorb moisture. PART III. - EXECUTION A. EXAMINATION 1. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agree with drawings. B. EARTH FORMS 1. Earth forms are not permitted. 3.3 ERECTION - FORMWORK A. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance with requirements of ACl 301. 03100 - 2 952132010 3.5 Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to over stressing by construction loads. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage concrete during stripping. Permit removal of remaining principal shores. D. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum. Obtain approval before framing openings in structural members which are not indicated on Drawings. F. Provide chamfer strips on external corners of walls. APPUCATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items. INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS Ao Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in passing through concrete work. B. Locate and set in place items which will be cast directly into concrete. Ce Coordinate with work of other sections in forming and placing openings, slots, reglets, recesses, sleeves, bolts, anchors, other inserts, and components of other Work. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement. E. Install waterstops continuous without displacing reinforcement. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. Close temporary openings with tight fiffing panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. 03100 - 3 952132010 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 FORM CLEANING A. Clean forms as erection proceeds, to remove foreign matter within forms. B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete. Co Flush with water or usa compressad air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean-out ports. During cold weather, remove ice and snow from within forms. Do not usa de-icing salts. Do not usa water to clean out forms, unless formwork and concrete construction proceed within heated enclosure. Use compressed air or other means to remove foreign matter. FORMWORK TOLERANCES A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301. FIELD QUAUTY CONTROL Inspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure. FORM REMOVAL Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads. Bm Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view. Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact with fresh concrete will not be damaged. Discard damaged forms. END OF SECTION 03100 - 4 952132010 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Reinforcing steel bars and accessories for cast-in-place concrete. 1.1 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork. B. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. REFERENCES A. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. ACl 318 - Building Code Requirements For Reinforced Concrete. C. ACI SP-66 - American Concrete Institute - Detailing Manual. D. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. E. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute - Manual of Practice. F. CRSI 63 - Placing Reinforcing Bars. 1.2 1.3 1.4 SUBMI'I'rALS A. B. Manufacturer's Certificate: requirements. Submit under provisions of Section 01340. Shop Drawings: Indicate bar sizes, spacings, locations, and quantities of reinforcing steel bending and cutting schedules, supporting and spacing devices. Certify that products meet or exceed specified QUALITY ASSURANCE Perform Work in accordance with CRSI - Manual of Standard Practice, AC1301, ACI SP-66 and ACl 318. 03200- 1 952132010 B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. C. Submit certified copies of mill test report of reinforcement materials analysis. D. Coordinate with placement of formwork, formed openings and other Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REINFORCEMENT 2.2 A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615, 60 ksi deformed billet steel bars, unfinished. ACCESSORY MATERIALS Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during concrete placement conditions. Special Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers Adjacent to Weather Exposed Concrete Surfaces: Plastic coated steel type; size and shape as required. 2.3 FABRICATION Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with CRSI Manual of Practice, ACI SP-66 and ACl 318. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on drawings, at point of minimum stress. [Review location of splices with Architect/Engineer.] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLACEMENT A. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. from required position. B. Do not displace or damage vapor barrier. c. Accommodate placement of formed openings. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. Do not deviate 952132010 Reinforcement For Parking Structure Framing Members: coated finish. Deformed bars, epoxy END OF SECTION 952132010 SECTION 0,330O CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cast-in-place concrete for foundation walls, support slabs and slabs on grade. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork: Formwork and accessories. B. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ACl 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. ACl 302 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. C. ACl 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. D. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting. E. ACl 306R - Cold Weather concreting. F. ACl 308 - Standard Practice for Curing concrete. G. ACl 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. H. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates. I. ASTM C94 - Ready-Mixed Concrete. J. ASTM C150. Portland Cement. K. ASTM C260 - Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. L. ASTM C494 - Chemicals Admixtures for Concrete. M. ASTM C618- Fly Ash and Raw or Calcinated Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete. C&B 952132010 1.4 1.5 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01340. B. Submit design mix for each strength of concrete. C. Product Data: Provide data on joint admixtures. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: interface required with adjacent Work. QUALITY ASSURANCE Ao B. C. D. E. COORDINATION A. devices, attachment Indicate installation Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301. Maintain one copy of document on site. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work. Conform to ACl 305R when concreting during hot weather. Conform to ACl 306R when concreting during cold weather. accessories and procedures and Coordinate the placement of joint devices with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150, Type I - Normal. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33. C. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. ADMIXTURES A. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260. B. Chemical: ASTM C494. C. Fly Ash ASTM C618. 2.2 952132010 2.3 CONCRETE MIX Mix concrete in accordance with ACI 304. Deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94o Select proportions for normal weight concrete in accordance with ACl 301 Method 1. Use accelerating Architect/Engineer. requirements. admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement Use set retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by Architect/Engineer. Add air entraining agent to normal weight concrete mix for work exposed to exterior. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 3.2 Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. PREPARATION 3.3 Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PLACING CONCRETE Do Place concrete in accordance with ACl 304 ACl 301 and ACI 318. Notify Architect/Engineer minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of operations. Ensure reinforcement, inserts and embedded parts are not disturbed during concrete placement. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control, and construction joints. 03300-3 952132010 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 F. Do not interrupt successive placement; do not permit cold joints to occur. CONCRETE FINISHING A. Steel trowel surfaces which are scheduled to be exposed. CURING AND PROTECTION Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. C. Cure floor surfaces in accordance with ACl 308. FIELD QUAUTY CONTROL Ao Field inspection and testing will be performed in accordance with ACl 301 and under provisions of Section 01400. B. Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed firm. C. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of Work. Tests of cement and aggregates may be performed to ensure conformance with specified requirements. One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather concreting, cured on job site under same conditions as concrete it represents. F. One slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. PATCHING Ao Allow Architect/Engineer to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms. Bo Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify Architect/Engineer upon discovery. C. Patch imperfections in accordance with ACI 301. DEFECTIVE CONCRETE Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements. 03300-4 ~1~10 Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Architect/Engineer. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of Architect/Engineer for each individual area. END OF SECTION 952132010 SECTION 11078 PART 1 - GENERAL SUBMERSIBLE NON-CLOG SEWAGE PUMPS 1.1 SCOPE Provide all materials, equipment and related items required to furnish and two submersible non-clog sewage pumps and control panel as specified and as indicated on the drawings. Provide one year's supply of spare parts, any special tools required for sarvica/installation, and anchor bolts as required. Control panel enclosure shall be rated NEMA 4X, 3R and have pedestal mount thermostat controlled condensation heater. Control panel front door to cover all control switch devices. The wet well shall be classified per national Electric Code as a Class I, Division 2, Group C, D area. The area outside the wet well shall be classified as non-hazardous. 1.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS The pumps shall be the product of one manufacturer and identical. Pumps shall be of a submersible non-clog pump design, suitable for operation over the specified design range without cavitating or vibrating excessively. Pumps shall have continuously rising head characteristics from run-out to shut-off. Knees or saddles within the operating range shall be cause for rejection. Pumps shall operate satisfactorily over the full range of the performance curve from run-out to shut-off whether operating singly (all pumps) or in parallel. Performance Requirements Pump Number Capacity Design TDH Maximum Speed Minimum Motor Efficiency Discharge Size Driver 1-2 700 GPM Each 41 FT. 1750 RPM 55% (at fu~ ~oed) 6 IN. Electric Motor 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE Pumps shall be the product of a manufacturer having pumps of the same type in similar service for a minimum of five years. The manufacturer shall be Flygt Pump - Model C-3140/436 Impeller or an approved equal. 11078 - 1 C&B 952132010 1.4 1.5 The pump manufacturer shall perform the following inspections and tests on each pump before shipment from factory: 2. 3. 4. 5. Impeller number, motor rating and electrical connections shall first be checked for compliance to specifications. A motor or cable insulation test for moisture content and insulation defects shall be made. Prior to submergence, the pump shall be run dry to establish correct rotation and mechanical integrity. The pump shall be run for thirty minutes submerged, a minimum of six (6) feet under water. After operational test (No. 4), the insulation test (No. 2) is to be performed again. A written report stating the foregoing steps have been completed shall be supplied with each pump at the time of shipment. SUBMITTALS C. D. E. Performance curves (head-capacity, BHP, NPSH, efficiency) covering full operating range from shut-off to run-out. Statement of equipment warranty for five (5) years.. Statement of full compliance with Specifications. Any deviations shall be listed. Weight of pump, weight of motor and assembled weight. Complete specifications for each part of unit to be furnished to show compliance with these Specifications. Construction drawings showing details and materials of construction, anchor bolt size and locations, piping details, and other pertinent information. Operating and Maintenance Manuals for pumps and motors - four (4) copies. Manufacturer recommendations for care and maintenance of pumps and motors during storage. Est of recommended spare parts. Factory test data. Control panel dimensional outline drawings with weights. Conduit entry areas into top and bottom shall be dearly scaled and dimensioned. Control panel schematics or elementary diagrams. Schematic shall include all wire numbers, color codes, and device terminal numbers. Control panel diagrams. Wiring diagrams shall show physical location of device used in the control schematic and shall show color code and terminal number of wires terminated on device. FIELD TESTING The pump shall be tested at start-up. Voltage, current, and other significant parameters shall be recorded. The manufacturer shall provide a formal test procedure and forms for recording data, to be approved by the Engineer at time of submittal. 11078- 2 C&B 952132010 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PUMP CONSTRUCTION Pump casing shall be of the volute type, cast in one piece of cast iron conforming to ASTM A48-76, Class 30. The casing shall be of center line discharge to minimize clogging of flow interference. Pump impeller shall be of the double shrouded non-clogging, dynamically balanced type, cast in one piece of cast iron conforming to ASTM A48-76, Class 30, The impeller shall be capable of handling solids, fibrous materials, heavy sludge and other matter normally found in sewage. The impeller shall be capable of passing a minimum three inch solid sphere. A tandem mechanical rotating shaft seal system shall be provided. The upper set shall operate in an oil reservoir. This upper set shall contain one stationary tungsten carbide ring and one rotating tungsten carbide ring. The lower set shall consist of a stationary ring of tungsten carbide and a rotating carbon ring. The seals shall require neither maintenance nor adjustment, but shall be easily inspected and replaceable. Pump and motor shaft shall be the same unit. Pump shaft is an extension of the motor shaft. Couplings shall not be acceptable. The pump shaft shall be AISI type 420 stainless steel. The pump shaft shall rotate on two permanently lubricated bearings. Bearings shall be designed for a B-10 life of 40,000 hours. Upper shall be single row, the lower a 2-row angular contact. Bolting. All internal bolts, screws, and nuts as well as external bolts, screws and nuts subjected to wetting shall be stainless steel. 2.2 MIX FLUSH VALVE the pum The valve operation. provide two (2) sump flush valves Flygt Mix. Flush, to mix the ,. The valve is to be mounted directly on the pump pert of to flush solids into suspension pumping cycle. on the pump a non-clogging flow The valve shall be o pump liquid source~'~uld be A means of different after a time. the pumping cycle and close under full The valve shall be operated by the system. No external power should be provided to flow conditions. flushing period for C&B 0 2.3 ELECTRIC MOTORS Motors shall be U/L listed, hermetically sealed, submersible type for operation on 480 volt, 3 phase, 60 hertz power. Motors shall be NEMA design B, induction squirrel cage type, with Class F insulation rated for 155' C. Motor thermal protection shall be provided by three thermal switches (one per phase) embedded in the windings. These switches shall be wired in series and two leads brought to the pump terminal board for connection to the control panel. Moisture detection shall be provided by a probe to give warning if moisture leaks past the mechanical seal. The device shall be located within the motor such that it does not compromise the Class I, Division 2 rating. The junction chamber, containing the terminal board, shall be sealed from the motor with an O-ring seal. The cable entry water seal shall consist of a cylindrical elastomer grommet which is compressed upon seating to yield a water tight fixture. Motors shall be designed for continuous duty, and shall be capable of sustaining 15 starts per hour. ' lifting handle shall be affixed to the top of the motor housing. This handle shall serve as a point of attachment for the lifting chain. This assembly shall permit raising and lowering of the pump on the slide rails provided. CONTROL PANEL control panal shall be ~tha~e~~m~s. Control panel shall rated for 480 volt three supply voltage and shall be rated for a fault current of amps rms symmetrical. Provide surge arrestors on incoming service. shall alternate pump starting and have high level alarm contact. Alarm close on high level. Controls shall have a Iow voltage and loss of phase failure for the motors. Con[[uiS shall have ~4 ',,-G~, i~,;,~,;~,~ it, ',~v~: ~e[,~u~S. Each starter shall have Hand-off-Auto selector switch, motor overload elements, magnetic-only circuit breaker for fault protection, run and stop pilot lights, and elapsed time meter c'-.;.'_ ~:, .... : ,.:,.:: ,;,~, ,,av~ ;.-/.:-'~-"' ~'~'-- high water, power failure, phase _j..,,,L, ~1 pump failure, #2 pump failure contacts and 8,Ml:.~".;: ,"':,;;';';' '" ...... ;""°"'-- ~l~r~aa---Program system per owner's instructions. Provide a ground fault receptacle mounted on inside of control panel protected by 20 amp over current device. C ~ntrol panel shall '.-mt:.~, -NEMA .Y*~l~];~'~i~It=:].;~,z.~.pa{,],,.-Iled condensatior h6 ter. Contrr".,.~.l~1_. starter and enclosure shall be sized to ~-~-:oh',]p' ,date future pump sta 3n exp. ,H'[,], to 3-1050 gpm pumps rated 30 HP for initial and uture '~J~t]' schedule. 95213201 2.5 DISCHARGE CONNECTIONS The discharge connection elbows shall be permanently installed in the wet well along with the discharge piping. The pumps shall be automatically connected to the discharge connection elbow when lowered into place, and shall be easily removed for inspection or service. The entire weight of the pump unit shall be guided by two bars and shall press tightly against the discharge connection elbow. Discharge connections shall be constructed of cast iron conforming to ASTM A48-76, Class 30. Discharge flange shall be 6', 125 lbs. A.S.A. 2.6 SUDE RAIL ASSEMBLY The slide rail assembly shall consist of two guide rails per pump, secured to the top of the wet well by an attachment bracket. Intermediate brackets shall be supplied as indicated on the drawings. The guide rails shall be stainless steel pipe sized as required ~.. ~ by manufacturer, m m ~_~7~, (Provide 3/8' high test, welded ~ steel chain per pump, for lifting the pump . ~llssembly from the wet well. Attach one end to the pump lifting handle, and the other C ~ ,'~ i~nd to a h°°k on the access door. _~ 2.7 ~CESS HATCHES ~~11~ An access hatch shall be provided to permit access through the top slab of the pump ~i[1~'~ station. The hatch shall be of aluminum construction, in a single leaf configuration, and ~ ! shall be located to allow direct vertical ascent of the pumps. The hatch shall be equipped w~'~l~ with a structural angle flame for setting into the top slab of the station. ~l~l~ The door leaf shall be diamond safety plate designed for a loading of 150 #/square foot. ~l~a m J The hatches shall be hinged and equipped with a vertical quick release latching assembly to hold the leaf in the open position. Outside entrance shall be obtained with removable key wrench. A spoon handle shall be provided inside the access doors to permit -~ opening the door from the inside. 2.8 ANCHOR BOLTS ~~ Anchor bolts and nuts for all equipment shall be furnished by the pump supplier and shall '" a i_ll~ Sparebe ASTMpartsA-320, 18-8 stainless steel. ~,,, ,~.. ~_ ,, _ The pump supplier shall furnish a list of recommended parts with the submitted data. All parts included on the list which might be expected to require replacement during one year of system operation shall be supplied with each pump and the cost of the parts included in the bid price. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install pumps as indicated on the drawings. B. Install pumps in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION 11O78- 6 C&B 952132010 SECTION 15O01 VALVES PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE: This section covers all valves and slide gates except where specific requirements are given in other sections. All valves and gates shall be furnished complete with all necessary operators, guides, and appurtenances as indicated by the Contract Documents. 1.2 REFERENCES: A. RELATED CONTRACT DOCUMENTS APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: The publications listed below form a part of this Specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. 1. Military Specification (Mil. Spec.): MIL.T-27730A Tape, Antiseize, Polytetrafluoroethylene, with Dispenser. 2. American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI) Standards: A21.11-1980 Rubber Gaskets Joints for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. A2.1.15-1975 Flanged Cast-Iron and Ductile-Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges. A2.1.51-1981 & Erratum Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand-Lined Molds, for Water or Other Liquids. B16.1-1975 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Class 25, 125, 250 and 800. B16.3.1977 Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings Class 150 and 300. 15001 - 1 C&B 952132010 American Petroleum Institute (APl) Publication: Spec 6D Pipeline Valves, End Closures, Connectors and Swivels (Jan 1982). American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications: A 120-82 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless, For Ordinary Uses. C 478-828 Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. D 1785-82 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. D 2122-81 Determining Dimensions of Thermoplastic Pipe and Frttings. D 2146-82 Propylene Plastic Molding and Extrusion Materials. D 2241-82 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR). D 2464-76 Threaded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. BD 2564-80 Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. D 2657-79 Heat-Joining Polyolefin Pipe and F'~ings. D 2774-72 (R 1978) D 2996-81 D 3035-81 Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pressure Piping. Filament-Wound Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pipe. Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter. D 3139-77 Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 15001 - 2 C&B 952132010 D 3350-82 Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings Materials. D 3517-81 F 477-76 (R 1981) Reinforced Plastic Mortar Pressure Pipe. Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. American Water Works Association (AWWA) Standards: C105-82 Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-iron Piping for Water and Other Uquids C110-82 Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 In. Through 48 In., For Water and Other Liquids. C200-80 C203-78 C207-78 Steel Water Pipe 6 In. and Larger. Coal Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines--Enamel and Tape--Hot Applied. Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 In. Through 144 In. C208 -59 C210-78 C500-80 & Correction C508-82 Dimensions for Steel Water Pipe Fittings. Coal-Tar Epoxy Coating System for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipe. Gate Valves, 3 Through 48 In. NPS, for Water and Sewage Systems. Swing-Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2 In. Through 24 In. NPS. C6(X)-82 Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Appurtenances. C9O0-81 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 In. Through 12 In., for Water. The Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry (MSS) Publication: 15001 - 3 C&B 952132010 1.3 SP-78 Cast Iron Plug Valves, Flanges and Threaded Ends (1977). SUBMITTALS: All submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01340. Shop Drawing and Product Data DRAWINGS AND DATA: Complete specifications, data, and catalog cuts, or drawings covering the items furnished under this section shall be submitted in accordance with the submittals section. Drawings and data submitted shall incJude complete connection and schematic widng diagrams for electric operators and controls. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL: This part shall include the furnishing of all materials of the dimensions and types as shown on the Drawings or as established by the ENGINEER. TESTING: All butterfly and plug valves greater than 10-inches in diameter shall be subject to the provisions of, and tested in accordance with, Section 5, AWWA C504-87. Certified copies of the proof-of-design testing shall be submitted for approval. Testing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Testing shall be performed by an approved independent testing laboratory or by the Contractor subject to approval. DELIVERY AND STORAGE: All materials delivered and stored shall be handled and stored in such a manner that pipe, fittings and accessories, and pipe coatings are not damaged. GENERAL: The General Equipment Stipulations shall apply to all equipment furnished under this section. MANUAL OPERATORS: All valves, except those which are equipped with power actuated operators or are designed for automatic operation, shall be provided with manual operators. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or specified, each manual operator shall be equipped with an operating wheel. ~.hainwheals: Unless specifically required to be e.q, ui.pped with other types of operators, all valves with centerline more than 7 -6 above the floor shall be provided with chalnwheels and operating chains. Each chalnwheai operated valve shall be equipped with a chain guide which will permit X~l~rapid handling of the operating chain without 'gagging' of the wheel and 15001 - 4 C&B 952132010 will also permit reasonable side pull on the chain. Suitable operator extensions shall be provided, if necessary, to prevent interference of chain and adjacent piping or equipment. Operating chains shall be heavily plated with zinc or cadmium and shall be looped to extend to within 4 feet of the floor below the valve. Wrench Nuts: Wrench nuts shall be provided on all buried valves, on all valves which are to be operated through floor boxes, and where indicated on the drawings. Unless otherwise directed by the Owner, all wrench nuts shall comply with Section 3.16 of AWWA C500. Not less than two operating keys shall be furnished for operation of the wrench nut operated valves. 3. Lever Operations: Unless otherwise shown or specified, plug and bell valves shall be lever operated. Two suitable operating levers shall be furnished for each type and size of lever operated valve. 4. Rotation: Unless otherwise required by the Owner, the direction of rotation of the wheel, wrench nut, or lever to open the valve shall be to the left (counterclockwise). Each valve body or operator shall have cast thereon the word 'OPEN' and an arrow indicating the direction to open. LENGTH TOLERANCE: Actual length of valves shall be within 1/16 inch (plus or minus) of the specified or theoretical length. ENDS: Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the drawings, all 3 inch or larger buried valves shall have push-on or mechanical joint ends, all other 3 inch or larger valves shall have flanged ends, and all 2-1/2 inch or smaller valves shall have threaded or solder ends. Flanges shall be ANSI 125 lb. Push-on and mechanical joints shall conform to ANSI A21.11. Wafer style valves shall be designed for installation between ANSI 125 lb flanges. UNIONS: A union or flanged connection shall be provided within 2 feet of each threaded end valve unless the valve can be otherwise easily removed from the piping. SHOP PAINTING: All ferrous metal surfaces of valves and accessories, both interior and exterior, shall be shop painted for corrosion protection. The valve manufacturer's standard paint will be acceptable provided it is functionally equivalent to the specified paint and is compatible with the specified field painting. Asphalt Varnish Coal Tar Fed Spec TT-V-51. Koppers 'Bitumastic Super Tank 15001 - 5 C&B 952132010 Epoxy Solution" Tnemec "46-465 Hi-Build Tank Coating" or equal. Koppers "200 HB Epoxy', Mobil '78-D-7 Tank Uning Epoxy", Tnernec *Sedes 20 Pota-Pox' or equal. 2.2 Rust Inhibitive Primer Cook "391-N-142 Clorocon Barrier Coat', Koppers "No. 10 Inhibitive Primer", Mobil '13-R-28 Chromox Primer', Tnemec '77 Chem-Prime' or equal. Rust Preventive Compound Houghton "Rust Veto 344', Rust-Oleum 'R-9' or equal. 2. Surfaces to be Painted. Unfinished Surfaces Interior Asphalt varnish (2 coats), coal tar or epoxy. Exterior to be Buried, Submerged, or Located in Manholes Asphalt varnish or coal tar. Other Exterior Rust inhibitive primer. Polished or Machined Surfaces Rust preventive compound. Operators and Accessories Rust inhibitive primer. MATERIALS: A. VALVE[,~I 1. ~ ~ate Valves: Gate valves 3 inches and larger shall comply with AWWA L ?5"~KL_ Valves for buried service shall be non-rising stem (NRS), 2-inch square nut operated with joints applicable to the pipe or installation. Buried valves shall be furnished with extension stem comprising socket, extension stem and operating nut, and shall be of an appropriate length to bring operating nut to within 6 inches of grade. One 4-foot 'T' handle valve wrench shall be furnished for each quantity of 6 buried valves. Gate 15001 - 6 C&B 952132010 valves that are exposed or installed inside shall be outside screw and yoke (OS & Y), handwheel operated with flange ends unless otherwise indicated. Gate valves 14 inches and larger shall be equipped with gearing to reduce operating effort. Gate valves 14 inches and larger installed in horizontal lines in horizontal position with stems horizontal shall be equipped with bronze track, roller and scrapers to support the weight of the gate for its full length of travel. Gate valves 14 inches and larger installed in vertical lines with stems horizontal shall be fitted with slides to assist the travel of the gate assembly. Gate valves smaller than 3 inches shall be solid wedge type. All other gate valves shall be double disc type. Threaded end gate valves shall be Crane '428 UB' or equal. Soldered end gate vanes shall be Crane '1334' or equal. Flanged end gate vanes for buried service shall be Crane 2485-0 (3-8' size) or Crane 583 (larger than 8') or equal. Mechanical joint gate vanes shall be Crane 2487 1/2 or equal. Check VaNes: Check valves shall permit free flow of waste forward and provide check against backflow. Check valves shall be designed for a minimum working pressure of 150 psi or as indicated. The body shall be iron. Directly cast on the body shall be the manufacturer's name, initials, or trademark and also the size of the valve, working pressure, and direction of flow. ~5~ing VaNes shall comply with AWWA C508 and Check VaNes: shall be iron body, bronze mounted, and shall have flanged ends. Flanges shall be the 125-pound type complying with ANSI B16.1. Check valves in the influent wet well for influent pumps IP 150 and IP 160 shall be the unobstructed waterway ball check type. Ball check valves shall be Flygt 'HDL type 2016' or equal. Unless otherwise specified, all other check vanes 3 inches or larger in water, sludge, or other liquid piping shall be flanged, iron body, horizontal swing type, with all seats, seat rings, pins, bushings, and other parts subject to wear constructed of bronze. Check valves 2-1/2 inches or smaller in water, sludge, or other liquid piping shall be bronze regriding horizontal swing check valves. Threaded end check valves shall be Crane '36', or approved equal. Soldered end check valves shall be Crane '1342', or approved equal. Soldered end valves may be used in 3 inch copper tubing. Ball Check VaNes: Check valves in PVC piping shall be Chemtrol · Ball Check Valves' or equal. All 2-inch or larger check valves in air piping shall be Hoffman 'air check vanes' or equal. Check valves installed in the discharge piping of centrifugal compressors shall be positioned with the vane hinge perpendicular to the impeller shaft of the compressor. 15001 - 7 C&B 952132010 Check valves installed in the discharge piping of compressor shall be suitable for an operating temperature of 300 degrees F. Ball Valves: Unless otherwise shown or specified, all 2-1/2 inch or smaller shutoff valves shall be ball valves. Ball valves for water and air service in 2 inch or smaller size shall be Jamesbury 'A-11', Lunkenheimer '707-XLB', Nibco '580', or Smith '125'1", and in 2-1/2 inch or larger size shall be Jamesbury 'D150F-21' or Walworth 'C4100F'. All shutoff valves in PVC and FRP piping shall be full size port, PVC ball valves with teflon seats and shall be Chemtrol 'True Union Ball Valves' or Plastic Systems 'Ball Valve'. The port diameter shall not be smaller than the ID of Schedule 80 PVC pipe. Butterfly Valves: Butterfly valves shall be of the rubber-seat tight-closing type. Except where other types are specified, butterfly valves shall be wafer type. Valve discs shall seat at 90 degrees with the pipe axis. Flanged end valves shall be of the short body type. Where mechanical joint ends are specified, either mechanical joint or push-on ends conforming to ANSI A21.11 will be acceptable. For buried or submerged service, shaft seals shall be O-ring type. Wafer valves shall be Dresser Series 450 or equal. A valve position indicator shall be provided on each exposed operator and on each operating nut on an extension stem. Indicators for extension stems shall be Mills Engineering 'lndico Model 128' or Pratt 'Diviner'. Butterfly Valves: Butterfly valves shall be of the rubber-seat tight- closing tye. Except where other types are specified, butterfly valves shall be wafer type. Valve discs shall seat at 90 degrees with the pipe axis. Flanged end valves shall be of the short body type. Where mechanical joint ends are specified, either mechanical joint or push-on ends conforming to ANSI A2.1.11 will be acceptable. For buried or submerge service, shaft seals shall be O-ring type. A valve position indicator shall be provided on each exposed operator and on each operating nut on an extension stem. Indicators for extension stems shall be Mills Engineering 'lndico Model 128' or Pratt 'Diviner'. 15H-6.01. Air Service Valves: Butterfly valves in air piping shall be industrial valves suitable for 15 psi air service, a maximum air velocity of 100 fps, and an operating temperature of 225 F. Materials used in manufacture shall be as follows: 15001 - 8 C&B 952132010 Body Cast iron. Shaft Stainless steel, one piece. Disc Bronze, or cast iron with corrosion resistant metal plating. Seat Synthetic rubber, or other elastomer with suitable temperature rating. Shaft Bearings Upper and lower bearings, bronze or teflon. Shaft Seal Suitable synthetic rubber rings. Each valve shall be provided with an operator with a torque capability sufficient to seat, unseat, and maintain intermediate positions under the operating conditions specified above. Lever operators may be furnished for 6 inch and smaller valves, except where chainwheel operators are required. All 8 inch and larger valves shall have enclosed, geared, handwheel or chainwheel operators with position indicator. Operators shall be designed to produce the rated torque with a maximum pull of 80 pounds on the lever or wheel. b. All Other Butterfly Valves: All other butterfly valves and operators shall conform to AWWA C504. Metal mating seat surfaces shall be 18-8 stainless steel or monel. Each valve shall be provided with an operator with a torque rating at least equal to the torques listed in AWWA C504, Table 1. Valves for throttling service shall be equipped with an infinitely variable locking device or a totally enclosed geared operator. Other lever operators shall be designed so that the valve can be readily locked open, closed, or in at least five intermediate positions. Eccentric Plug Valves: All valves for sewage sludge, scum, basin sludge, and basin drain service shall be electric plug valves unless otherwise specified or indicated on the drawings. All other 3 inch or larger valves which are not otherwise specified shall be eccentric plug valves. a. Materials: Body and Plug Semisteel, ASTM A126, Class B. Plug Facing Neoprene or Buna-N, 70 durometer 15001 - 9 C&B 952132010 do hardness. Body Seat Welded nickel overlay or bronze replaceable seat rings. Upper and Lower Trunnion Bearings Sleeve type, 18-8 stainless steel, bronze, or rigidly becked TFE. Upper Thrust Bearing TFE or Delrin. Stem Seal V-type packing, Buna or TFE; or double O-ring, Buna. Design: The valve port area shall be at least 80 percent of the cross section of the connecting piping. Valves shall provide tight shutoff with rated pressure from either the upstream or the downstream direction. Valve ends shall be as required to match connecting piping. Valves shall be rated for working pressure of at least 150 psi. The opening motion shall be eccentric and shall lift the plug away from the body seat. Fully adjustable plug position stops shall be provided. The valve shaft shall be sealed with two O-rings or four packing rings. Stuffing boxes and packing glands shall be designed to allow adjustment or replacement of packing without disassembly of valve or operator. The valve body shall be plainly marked to indicate the seat end. Operators: Totally enclosed operators shall be provided on all 8 inch and larger valves, on all free discharge valves, and on all valves for chainwheel operation, unless chain levers are indicated on the drawings. Other 6 inch and smaller valves shall be lever operated. Operators shall be adequate to seat, unseat, and maintain valve position under all operating conditions. Operators shall produce the required torque with a maximum pull of 80 pounds on the lever or handwheel. Manual operator components shall withstand, without damage, a pull of 200 pounds on the handwheel or an input of 300 fi-lb on the operating nut. Position indicator shall be provided on each exposed operator and on each operating nut on an extension stem. Testing: Except as modified herein, eccentric plug valves shall be tested in accordance with AWWA C504, Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves, Section 5. Each valve shall be performance tested in accordance with Paragraph 5.2, and shall be given a leakage test and a hydrostatic test as described in Paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4. The leakage test shall be applied to the face of the plug (tending to unseat the valve) at the rated pressure of the valve, or the 15001 - 10 C&B 952132010 service rating of the operator, whichever is less. The manufacturer shall furnish certified copies of reports covering proof-of-design testing as described in Paragraph 5.5. Upon completion of cycle testing, the valve shall be droptight with pressure applied to the face of the plug and also to the back of the plug. Installation: Unless otherwise necessary for proper operation or permitted by the Engineer, all electric plug valves shall be installed with the shaft horizontal and the plug in the upper half of the vane body. Valves in sewage or sludge lines shall be installed with the seat on the upstream end. Hose Valves and Hydrants: Interior Locations 3/4 Inch Hose Faucets (hose bibbs) Water Piping Barrett "701-B', Nibco '763' Prier Brass "C-138' Tanner '1235', or equal. Chemical Piping PVC ball valve with brass hose thread adapter. 1-1/2 Inch Hose Valves All bronze with cap and chain; angle type, Crane "117", Powell "1040", or Walworth '350', or gate type, Crane '451 ' Walworth '15' or equal. Exterior Locations 1-1/2 Inch Yard Hydrants Cast iron box and cover, brass vane and casing for bury; Blake 'L-1331', Josam '1430-N', Zurn 'Z-1492' or equal. A concrete slab 18 inches square and 4 inches thick shall be provided around the top of each 1-1/2 inch yard hydrant. Hydrants shall be installed plumb. Hydrant drainage shall be provided by installing below each hydrant at least one cubic foot of gravel or crushed stone. An operating wrench shall be provided for each yard hydrant. 15001 - 11 C&B 952132010 11. 12. Angle Valves: Angle valves shall be furnished where shown or specified and may also be used as throttling valves for air or water service. Threaded end angle valves for water service in 2 inch or smaller size shall be Crane '2', or approved equal. Solder end angle valves for water service shall be Crane '1311', or approved equal. Angle valves for air service in 2 inch or smaller size shall be Fairbanks '03', Kennedy '98', or Stockham 'B-213'. Angle valves for air service in 2-1/2 inch or larger size shall be Fairbanks '0104', Kennedy '438', Powell '308', or Stockham 'G-518'. Throttling Valves: For water and air service, throttling valves smaller than 3/4 inch size shall be needle valves, Crane "88', or approved equal; or screwdriver-adjusted balancing valves, Hoffman '199-B' or approved equal. Larger throttling valves shall be angle valves or globe valves. Threaded end globe valves shall be Fairbanks '01' or approved equal. Soldered end globe valves shall be Crane '1310', or approved equal. Throttling valves in chlorine solution piping shall be PVC bodied diaphragm valves with teflon covered diaphragms and shall be Grinnell-Sounders 'Fig. 2406', or approved equal. Solenoid Valves: Solenoid valves shall have bronzed bodies and bonnets and packless construction without packing box or sliding seal. Solenoid coils for ac service shall be 115 voit ac, 60 Hz, encapsulated, Class F, for continuous duty at rated voltage plus or minus 10 percent and 40 C ambient, in a NEMA Type I enclosure with a conduit knockout. A strainer shall be provided in the piping immediately upstream from each solenoid valve in water service. Strainers shall be provided in the piping on both sides of each solenoid valve in the water seal system. Strainers shall be bronze-bodied Y. pattern units with monel and stainless steel screer'4 and shall be Cash-Acme 'SY', Hoffman '420' or equal. The blowoff from each strainer shall be equipped with a shutoff valve. Chlorine Valves: Valves for chlorine gas supply to the chlorine feeders shall be designed specifically for chlorine service at 300 psi working pressure and shall be Chlorine Institute, Inc. approved ball valves. Each valve shall include a carbon steel body, monel trim, and teflon seat and seal. The chlorine valves shall be Jamesbury 'Code AC22-71TT', with manual operators, unless otherwise specified or indicated on the drawings. Backflow Preventer: The backflow preventer installed in the Headworks Building shall consist of a dual check valve assembly with reduced pressure zone between the check valves, shall be iron body, bronze style, and shall be Clla-Val 'RP Backflow Preventer' or equal. Diaphragm Check Valve: Diaphragm check valve shall be hydraulically operated, diaphragm-actuated, angle pattern valve. It shall contain a 15001 . 12 C&B 95213201O 12. 13. resilient, synthetic rubber disc, having a rectangular cross.section, contained on three and one-half sides by a disc retainer and forming a tight seal against a single removable seat insert. The diaphragm assembly containing a valve stem shall be fully guided at both ends by a bearing in the valve cover and an integral bearing in the valve seat. This diaphragm assembly shall be the only moving part and shall form a sealed chamber in the upper portion of the valve, separating operating pressure from line pressure. The diaphragm shall consist of nylon fabric bonded with synthetic rubber and shall not be used as a seating surface. Packing glands and/or stuffing boxes are not permitted and there shall be no pistons operating the valve. Ail necessary repairs shall be possible without removing valve from the line. This valve shall contain auxiliary controls which permit adjustment of the opening and closing speeds. The diaphragm check valve shall be a Clayton 81-02 or equal. Pressure Relief Valve: Pressure relief valve shall maintain constant upstream pressure by passing or relieving excess pressure, and shall maintain close pressure limits without causing surges. The main valve shall be a hydraulically operated, diaphragm-actuated, globe valve. It shall contain a resilient, synthetic rubber disc, having a rectangular cross- section, contained on three and one-half sides by a disc retainer and forming a tight seal against a single removable seat insert. The diaphragm assembly containing a valve stem shall be fully guided at both ends by a bearing in the valve cover and an integral bearing on the valve seat. This diaphragm assembly shall be the only moving part and shall form a sealed chamber in the upper portion of the valve, separating operating pressure from line pressure. The diaphragm shall consist of nylon fabric bonded with synthetic rubber and shall not be used as a seating surface. Packing glands and/or stuffing boxes are not permitted and there shall be no pistons operating the valve or pilot controls. All necessary repairs shall be possible without removing valve from the line. The pilot control shall be a direct-acting, adjustable, spring-loaded, diaphragm valve, designed to permit flow when controlling pressure exceeds spring setting. The pilot control system shall operate such that as excess line pressure is dissipated the main valve shall gradually close to a positive, drip-tight seating. The pressure relief valve shall be a Clayton 50-01 or equal. Extension Stems: Extension stems and stem guides shall be provided where shown, specified, or required for proper operation. Extension stems shall be fabricated from solid steel shafting not smaller in diameter than the stem of the valve or from galvanized steel pipe having an ID not smaller than the OD of the valve stem. Extension stems shall be connected to the valve by a flexible socket type coupling. All connections shall be pinned or keyed. Pipe couplings will not be acceptable. Stem 15001 - 13 C&B 952132010 14. guides shall be bronze bushed, cast iron construction and shall be adjustable in two directions. Where the length of an extension stem exceeds 10 feet, the top stem guide shall be designed to carry the weight of the extension stem and the extension stem shall have a collar to bear against the stem thrust guide. All rising extension stems shall be stainless steel or carbon steel. Each carbon steel stem shall have a bronze or stainless steel sleeve securely attached to the stem at each stem guide. Sleeves shall extend through the guides for the full travel of the stem. Extension stems shall be provided for all buried valves. Each extension stem for a buried vane shall extend to within 6 to 12 inches of the ground surface, shall be provided with spacers which will center the stem in the valve box, and shall be equipped with a wrench nut. Floor Boxes: Where openings through concrete slabs are provided for key operation of valves, the operating nut being in or below the slab, such openings shall be provided with a cast iron floor box, complete with cover. Each floor box shall be of the depth required for installation in the slab shown and shall have the word 'Valve' cast on the cover. Where the operating nut is in the slab, the stem shall have a guide to maintain the nut in the center of the box; where below, the opening in the bottom of the box shall permit passage of the of the operating key. Each floor box and cover therefor shall be coated by dipping in bituminous varnish. 15. Valve Boxes: All buried valves shall be provided with valve boxes. Valve boxes shall be of cast iron, extension sleeve type, suitable for the depth of cover required by the drawings. Valve boxes shall be not less than 5 inches in diameter, shall have a minimum thickness at any point of 3/16 inch, and shall be provided with suitable cast iron bases and covers. Covers shall have cast thereon an appropriate name designating the service for which the vane is used. A suitable valve box shall be provided for each curb stop. A key shall be furnished to operate curb stops. All parts of vane boxes, bases, and cover shall be coated by dipping in bituminous varnish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL: Ae This part shall include the placing of all specified materials at the locations and elevations as shown on the Drawings or as established by the ENGINEER. The work pedormed hereunder shall conform in every respect to the Contract Documents, the applicable City requirements, the applicable local ordinances and sanitary codes, the regulations of the State Health Department, the 15001 - 14 C&B 952132010 3.2 regulations of the Occupational Safety and Hazardous Administration (OSHA) and the regulations of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). In the event that the Contract Documents do not adequately specify materials, methods of construction or workmanship of any portions of the proposed work, the North Central Texas Council of Government's (NCTCOG) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as amended in the Contract Documents, shall apply. If the NCTCOG Standard Specification do not adequately describe the requirements of any portion of the work, the Standards of the Trade shall govern. INSTALLATION ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES INSTALLATION: Unless otherwise necessary for proper operation or permitted by the Engineer, all eccentric plug valves shall be installed with the shaft horizontal and the plug in the upper half of the valve body. Valves and valve boxes shall be set plumb. Each valve box shall be placed directly over the valve it serves, with the top of the box brought flush with the finished grade. After being placed in proper position, earth shall be filled in around each valve box and thoroughly tamped on each side of the box. Drawing and Data: Complete specifications, data, and catalog cuts, or drawings covering the items furnished under this section shall be submitted in accordance with the submittals section. PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The work required under this section shall not be measured separately for payment, but shall be considered subsidiary to the contract for construction. END OF SECTION 15001 - 15 C&B 952132010 SECTION 15005 SEWER PIPE INSTALLATION AND TESTING PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE This section covers installation and testing of all sewer pipe. Sewer pipe materials are specified in other sections. Pipe trenching, bedding, and backfill are covered in the sections on excavation and trenching, and trench safety program. 1.2 RELATED WORK AND SPECIFICATIONS A. Section 02221 - Excavation, Trenching, Embedment and Backfilling for Utilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 HANDLING Pipe, fittings, and appurtenances shall be transported, stored, and handled in a manner which prevents damage. Hooks shall not be permitted to contact joint surfaces. Plastic pipe shall be shaded if necessary to prevent curvature due to thermal expansion. Damaged pipe shall be removed from the site. 2.2 CLEANING The interior of all pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned before installation and shall be kept clean until the work has been accepted. All joint contact surfaces shall be kept clean until the joint is completed. Foreign material shall be prevented from entering the pipe during installation. No debris, tools, clothing, or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3.1 ALIGNMENT Piping shall be laid to the lines and grades indicated on the drawings. Batter boards, laser beam equipment, or surveying instruments shall be used to maintain alignment and grade. 15005 - 1 C&B 952132010 3.2 3.3 3.4 Batter boards, if used, shall be erected at intervals of not more than 25 feet. Batter boards shall be used to determine and check pipe subgrades. Not less than three batter boards shall be maintained in proper position at all times when trench grading is in progress. If laser beam equipment is used, periodic elevation measurements shall be made with surveying instruments to verify accuracy of grades. If such measurements indicate thermal deflection of the laser beam due to differences between ground temperature and the air temperature within the pipe, precautions shall be taken to prevent or minimize further thermal deflections. LAYING PIPE Lateral displacement of the pipe shall be prevented during embedment operations. Pipe shall not be laid in water, nor under unsuitable weather or trench conditions. Pipe laying shall begin at the lowest elevation with bell ends facing the direction of laying except when reverse laying is permitted by the Engineer. Whenever pipe laying is stopped, the open end of the pipe shall be closed with an end board closely fitting the end of the pipe, to keep sand and earth out of the pipe. The end board shall have several small holes near the center to permit water to enter the pipe and prevent flotation in the event of flooding of the trench. Core holes and handling holes in concrete pipe shall be repaired by cementing a properly shaped concrete plug in place with epoxy cement or by other methods acceptable to the Engineer. JOINTING All joint preparation and jointing operations shall comply with the instructions and recommendations of the pipe manufacturer. Immediately before joints are pushed together, all joint surfaces shall be coated with the lubricant furnished with the pipe. The position and condition of each rubber gasket (unbonded gaskets) shall be checked with a feeler after the joint is completed. CONCRETE ENCASEMENT Concrete encasement shall be installed where indicated on the drawings. Concrete and reinforcing steel shall be as specified in the cast-in-place concrete section. All pipe which is to be encased shall be suitably supported and blocked in proper position and shall be anchored against flotation. 15005 - 2 C&B 952132010 3.5 ACCEPTANCE TESTS Each reach of sewer shall meet the requirements of the following acceptance tests. All defects shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Ipflltration or Exfiltrafion Tests. The total exfiltration as determined by a hydrostatic head test, shall not exceed 50 gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours at a minimum test head of two feet above the crown of the pipe at the upstream manhole. When pipes are installed below the groundwater level an infiltration test shall be used in lieu of the ex'filtration test. The total infiltration, as determined by a hydrostatic head test, shall not exceed 50 gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours at a minimum test head of two feet above the crown of the pipe at the upstream manhole, or at least two feet above existing groundwater level, whichever is greater. For construction within the 25 year floodplain, the infiltration of exfiitrafion shall not exceed 10 gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours at the same minimum test head. If the quantity of infiltration and exfiltration exceeds the maximum quantity specified, remedial action shall be undertaken in order to reduce the infiltration and exfiltration to an amount within the limits specified. Low Pressure Air Test. The procedure for the Iow pressure air test shall conform to the procedures described in ASTM C0828, ASTM C-924, ASTM F-1417 or other appropriate procedures, except for testing times. The test times shall be as outlined in this section. For section of pipe less than 36-inch average inside diameter, the following procedure shall apply unless the pipe is to be joint tested. The pipe shall be pressurized to 3.5 psi greater than the pressure exerted by groundwater above the pipe. Once the pressure is stabilized, the minimum time allowable for the pressure to drop from 3.5 pounds per square inch gauge to 2.5 pounds per square inch gauge shall be computed from the following equation: time of pressure of drop 1.0 pound per square inch gauge in seconds. K = 0.000419xDxL, but not less than 1.0. D = average inside pipe diameter in inches. L = length of line of same pipe size being tested, in feet. rate of loss, 0.0015 cubic feet per minute per square foot internal surface shall be used. 15005 - 3 C&B 952132010 Since a K value of less than 1.0 shall not be used, there are minimum testing times for each pipe diameter as follows: Pipe Minimum Length Time Diameter Time for Minimum for Longer Time Length (inches) (seconds) (feet) (seconds) 6 340 398 0.855 8 454 298 1.520 10 567 239 2.374 12 680 199 3.419 15 850 159 5.342 18 1020 133 7.693 21 1190 114 10.471 24 1360 1 O0 13.676 27 1530 88 17.309 30 1700 80 21.369 33 1870 72 25.856 (L) (L) (L) (L) (L) (L) (L) (L) (L) (L) (L) The test may be stopped if no pressure loss has occurred during the first 25% of the calculated time. If any pressure loss or leakage has occurred during the first 25% of the testing period, then the test shall continue for the entire test duration as outlined above or until failure. Unes with a 27-inch average inside diameter and larger may be air tested at each joint. Pipe greater than 36-inch diameter must be tested for leakage at each joint. If the joint test is used, a visual inspection of the joint shall be performed immediately after testing. The pipe is to be pressurized to 3.5 psi greater than the pressure exerted by groundwater above the pipe. Once the pressure has stabilized, the minimum time allowable for the pressure to drop from 3.5 pounds per square inch gauge to 2.5 pounds per square inch gauge shall be 10 seconds. C. Force Main Pressure Test Leakage in the pressure sewer hydrostatic test shall be defined as the quantity of water that must be supplied into the pipe or any valved section thereof, to maintain pressure within 5 pounds per square inch of the specified test pressure after the air in the pipeline has been expelled. The test pressure shall be either a minimum of 25 pounds per square inch gauge or 1.5 times the maximum force main design pressure, whichever is larger. 15005 - 4 C&B 952132010 The maximum allowable leakage shall be calculated using the formula below: SxDxFP L- 133,200 L = leakage in gal/hr S = length of pipe in ft D = inside diameter of pipe in inches P = pressure in pounds per square inch If the quantity of leakage exceeds the maximum amount calculated, remedial action shall be taken to reduce the leakage to an amount within the allowable limit. D. Deflection Following 30 days after installation of final backfill, and prior to acceptance of the Work, each reach of PVC, Carlon, or Ultra Rib sewer shall be checked for excessive deflection by pulling a mandrel through the pipe, or by other methods acceptable to the Engineer. Pipe with diarnetral deflection exceeding 5 percent shall be uncovered, and the bedding and backfill replaced to prevent excessive deflection. Repaired pipe shall be retested. T.V. inspection, of the new pipe, shall be conducted no sooner than 30 days after backfilling is complete. E. T,V, Insoection of the Une After deflection testing has been completed, the entire line shall be inspected by T.V./video camera. The filming shall be recorded on video tape with the sewer line stationing identified in the picture. As the camera is advanced through the line, the stationing shall also advance on the screen. The end product shall be two good quality VHS format tapes with the pipeline interior features and stationing easily recognized. This shall require proper lighting in order to identify detail and not have glare. A written report shall accompany the video tapes and provide (as a minimum) the following information: Company performing the service and the technician responsible for the work. 2. The times and dates of the inspection. C&B 952132010 Significant findings (with station numbers) ao leaks deflected pipe improper joint alignment pipe failures (cracks, cave-ins, etc.) collection of debris, sediment or other material Type of equipment used. The Contractor shall provide this inspection and the required documentation as a subsidiary item to the gravity and force main installation. END OF SECTION C&B 952132010 SECTION 15020 - DUCTILE IRON PIPE PART I - GENERAL 1.1 1.2 1.3 SCOPE The work included in this section of the Specifications shall consist of furnishing and installing: Mechanical joint, push-on and flanged ductile iron pipe in sizes 4-inch through 48- inch. Mechanical joint and flanged ductile iron and cast iron fittings in sizes 4-inch through 48-inch. C. Gaskets and fasteners for above pipe and fittings. D. Protective coatings, linings and encasements for above pipe and fittings. Eo Pipe shall be installed and tested in accordance with the sewer pipe installation and testing section. Fo Pipe trenching, bedding, and backfill are covered in the sections on excavation and trenching, and trench safety program. RELATED WORK AND SPECIFICATIONS A. Section 01340 - Shop Drawings and Products B. Section 15005 - Sewer Pipe Installation and Testing QUALITY ASSURANCE. A. Referenced Standards: ANSI/AWWA C151/A2.1.51: American National Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or San - Uned Molds, for Water and Other Uquids. ANSl/AVVVVA C115/A21.15: American National Standard for Flanged Cast-Iron and Ductile-Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges. ANSI/AWWA Cl 10-C21.10: American National Standard for Gray-Iron and Ductile-Iron Fittings, 3-inch through 48-inch for Water and Other Uquids. ANSI/AWWA Cl 11/A21.11: American National Standard for Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 15020 - 1 C&B 952132010 1.4 Se ANSI/AWWA C105/21.5: Polyethylene Encasement for Gray and Ductile Cast-Iron Piping for Water and Other Uquids. ANSI/AWWA C104/21.4: Mortar-Cement Uning for Cast-Iron and Ductile- Iron Pipe and Fittings. SUBMITTALS Submit the following information in accordance with the general requirements of this section. A. Record data for the following: 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Pipe material Fittings Appurtenances Adaptors Pipe layout schedule/drawings All materials furnished Design performed by Texas Registered Professional Engineer B. Certificate of Compliance with all applicable and appropriate reference standards. 'C. Certification of Adequacy of Design - The Certificate of Adequacy of Design shall be sealed by Texas Registered Professional Engineer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PUSH ON AND MECHANICAL JOINT PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Thickness class: Class 51 minimum. B. Laying length: 18 or 20 feet. C. Gaskets: Neoprene or equivalent material. 2.2 FLANGED PIPE AND FI'l-rINGS A. All exposed ductile iron pipe shall have flanged fittings unless otherwise noted. B. Flanges: Thread pipe, tighten flanges, and face in shop equipped with machinery designed for such work. Hand or filled work is not acceptable. 15020 - 2 C&B 952132010 2.3 2.4 ~ets: 1. Full face rubber 1/8-inch-thick factory cut unless othe~'ise specified. 2. For air systems only, full face asbestos 9askets, 1/16.inch-thick factory cut. Bolts and Nuts: 1. Type: Hex heads and nuts. 2. Material: Low carbon steel conforming to ASTM A307, FITTINGS Ao F'~tings for pipe 12 inches in diameter and smaller shall be Class 250 gray iron castings, and fittings for pipe larger than 12 inches in diameter shall be Class 150 ductile iron castings, all conforming to ANSI Standard A21.10 (AWWA C-110). B. Coatings shall be as specified for ductile iron pipe. C. All buried fittings shall be wrapped with a polyethylene wrapping. PROTECTIVE COATINGS, LININGS AND ENCASEMENT Inside of Pipe: All ductile iron shall be provided with a cement-mortar lining in accordance with ANSI A21.4 (AWWA C-104) 'Standard Thickness Uning'. A bituminous seal coat shall be applied over the mortar lining in accordance with AWWA C-104. Outside of Pipe: a. For exposed piping provide one shop coat of primer. b. For buried piping provide bituminous coating. 2. Polyethylene Encasement: Provide for all buried piping and fittings. PART 3 - INSTALLATION 3.1 INSTALLATION General: 1. Comply with the general installation requirements for piping systems. 2. Use the types of pipe and joints specified and shown on the Plans. 3. Follow the manufacturer's installation instructions. 4. Wrap all buried piping and fittings with polyethylene. 15020 - 3 C&B 952132010 Be Joining of Push-on Piping: 1. Preparation of pipe ends: Remove from bell and spigot ends all lumps, blisters, excess coal-tar coating, oil and grease, then wire brush and wipe clean and dry before laying pipe. 2. Installation of ring gasket: a. Wipe gasket seat in socket with clean dry cloth. b. Place gasket with large end entering first. c. Spring gasket into seat in bell so that groove fits over head in seat. d. Apply thin film of lubricant to inside surface of gasket. Setting a. b. C. spigot: Apply lubricant to engaging surface of spigot if necessary. Align spigot with bell and start into bell so that it contacts gasket. Pipe 6 inches and smaller may be driven with a bar lever on end of pipe. For larger pipe, use only approved ratchet-type jacking tool to pull pipe "home', Joining of Mechanical Joint Pipe: a. Remove all mud and foreign matter from pipe ends, gaskets and fittings before installation. b. Wash pipe ends, gaskets and fittings with soapy water before installation. c. Mechanical joints must be' suitably restrained to prevent movement. Joining of Flanged Pipe: a. Setting gasket: 1) If non-graphite gaskets are used, apply graphite and water solution to gasket before placing on flange. 2) Wire-brush flange and clean inside of pipe before placing gasket. b. Tightening bolts: 1) After initial alignment, place flange bolts with all heads in same direction. 2) Tighten flange bolts, each in turn, at uniform rate around joint until all are tight. c. All flanged coupling adaptors must be restrained. Thrust Blocking: Concrete blocking in accordance with the Speoifioations and the minimum requirements shown on the tables in the Plans shall be placed at bends, tees, crosses, plugs, dead ends, etc. in buried lines. The concrete blocking shall be placed so as to rest against firm undisturbed trench walls, normal to the thrust. C&B 952132010 Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, the CONTRACTOR has the option of using joint restrained pipe and fittings instead of concrete blocking. Where restrained joints are indicated on the drawings, the CONTRACTOR shall use restrained joints in addition to concrete thrust blocking. When blocking cannot be placed against undisturbed soil, fittings shall be restrained using restrained joint pipe and fittings for a sufficient length to resist the design thrust. When joint restraint for a 4-inch through 54-inch push-on joint pipe installation is required and indicated in the project plans or specifications, restrained push-on joint pipe and fittings utilizing ductile iron components shall be provided. Restrained joint pipe shall be ductile iron manufactured in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51. Push-on joints for such pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. Pipe thickness shall be designed in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50, and shall be based on laying conditions and internal pressures as stated in the project plans and specifications. Pipe shall be U.S. Pipe TR FLEX pipe or equivalent. Restrained joint r~ings shall be ductile iron in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 with the exception of the manufacturer's proprietary design dimensions. Push-on joints for such fittings shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. Fittings shall be U.S. Pipe TR FLEX fittings or equivalent. Cement mortar lining and seal coating for pipe and fittings, where applicable, shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. Bituminous outside coating shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 for pipe and ANSI/AWWA Cl 10/A21.10 for fittings. Restrained push-on joints for pipe and rittings shall be designed for a water working pressure of 305 psi in sizes 4-inch through 24-inch and 250 psi for sizes 30 inches through 54 inches. Restrained push-on joint pipe and f'~ngs shall be capable of being deflected after assembly. All restrained joint pipe and fittings shall be wrapped in polyethylene. The design for restrained joints, including the length necessary to resist the design thrust, shall be performed and sealed by a Texas Registered Professional Engineer, obtained by the CONTRACTOR. C&B 952132010 CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs for the design and will not receive reimbursement from the OWNER. Bends and Appurtenances Bends shall be installed where changes in direction occur. Bends shall have thrust blocks installed in accordance with the Specirications, and the minimum requirements as shown in the Plans. Valves, hydrants and D.I. fittings shall be supported by a concrete block or concrete cradle. The weight of riflings or appurtenances shall not be carried by the pipe. Longitudinal deflections at joints, not to exceed 50 percent of the manufacturer's recommendations may be employed for vertical and horizontal bending when approved by the manufacturer in writing. END OF SECTION C&B 952132010 SECTION 15030 POLYVlNYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE PART1-GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE The work included in this section of the Specifications shall consist of furnishing and installing all polYVinyl chloride (PVC) pipe and ~tings in sizes 1/2-inch through 24-inch, including solvent cements and gaskets or other joint types for pressure and non-pressure (gravity) pipeline. 1.2 RELATED WORK AND SPECIFICATIONS A. Section 01340 - Shop Drawings and Product Data B. Section 15005 - Sewer Pipe Installation and Testing 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE. A. Referenced Standards: 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. ANSI/AWWA C900: American National Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4-inch through 12-inch, for Water. ANSI/AWWA C905: American National Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Transmission Pipe, Nominal Diameters 14-inch through 36- inch. ASTM D 1785: Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. ASTM D 2241: Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe, (SDR-Series). ASTM D 2464: Specification for Threaded Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. ASTM D 2466: Specif'~cation for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. ASTM D 2467: Specification for Socket-Type Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. ASTM D 2564: Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. ASTM D 2855: Recommended Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. NSF Std. No. 14: National Sanitation Foundation Standard for Thermoplastic Materials, Pipe, Fittings, Valves, Traps and Joining Materials. C&B 952132010 1.4 1.5 11. 12. 13. 14. SUBMITTALS ASTM D 3139: Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. ASTM D 2729: Standard for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and F'~,tings. ASTM F 794 (Concentric Rib Design) and UNI.BELL Specifications UNI-B- 9. ASTM D 3034: Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. Submit product data in accordance with the requirements of manufacturer's installation instructions, and affidavits of compliance with the referenced standards. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING. A. Comply with the general requirements of Section 15001 and the supplemental requirements herein. B. Comply with the manufacturers' handling and storage recommendation. C. Use nylon slings or ropes to lift bundles of pipe. Do not use chains. D. Do not drop pipe. E. Support pipe every four feet. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EXPOSED PIPING Pipe: 1. 2. 3. Referenced Standard: ASTM D 1785. Type: Type 1, Grade 1, unplasficized. Schedule 80. Joints: a. Type: Solvent welded unless otherwise shown on the Plans or specified. ReferenGed Standard for Cement: ASTM 2564. Fittings: 1. Referenced Standards: ASTM D 2464 and ASTM D 2467. 2. Type: Solvent weld unless otherwise shown on the Plans or specified. 15030 - 2 C&B 952132010 2.2 BURIED PIPE (PRESSURE) A. Sized under 2 inches: As specified above for exposed piping. Sizes 2 1. Pipe: a. b. C. 2. Joints: a. inches through 4 inches: Reference Standard: ASTM D1785. Type: Type 1, Grade 1, unplasticized. Schedule 40. Type: Solvent welded unless otherwise shown on the Plans or specified. Referenced Standard for Cement: ASTM 2564. ao d. Joints: a. b. F~ngs: a. Referenced Standard: ASTM D2466. b. Type: Solvent weld unless otherwise shown on the Plans or specified. Sizes 6 inches through 12 inches: Pipe: Referenced Standards: ANSI/AWWA C900. Type: Twin gaskets or single gasket, at CONTRACTORS' option. Pressure Class and Dimension Ratio: 150 psi; D.R. 18. Referenced Standard: ASTM D3139. Type: Twin gasket or single gasket, at CONTRACTOR's option. F'~ngs: a. Type: PVC to suit above piping. Ductile iron fittings may be used at CONTRACTOR's discretion. Sizes 14 inches through 36 inches: 1. Pipe: a. b. C. 2. Joints: a. b. 3. Fittings: PVC to suit above piping. CONTRACTOR's discretion. Referenced Standards: ANSI/AWWA 0905. Type: Twin gaskets or single gasket at CONTRACTORS' option. Pressure Class and Dimension Ratio: 235 psi; D.R. 18. Referenced Standard: ASTM F477. Type: Twin gasket or single gasket at CONTRACTOR's option. Ductile iron fittings may be used at C&B 952132010 2.3 2.4 BURIED PIPE (NON PRESSURE) Sizes 8 inches through 21 inches. Pipe shall meet or exceed the requirements of specification ASTM 3034 (SDR35) or ASTM F 794 (Concentric Rib Design) and UNI-BELL specification UNI-B-9. Pipe shall have a smooth interior with smooth extrusion or solid cross sectional rib exterior. Exterior ribs shall be perpendicular to the axis of the pipe to allow placement of sealing gasket without additional cutting or machining. The pipe wall will be homogeneous and contain no seams. Pipe shall be color coded green for in-ground identification. Pipe shall be made of PVC material having a cell classifm.,ation of 12454-B, 12454-C or 11364-B per ASTM D1784. Pipe shall be that manufactured by Extrusion Technologies, Inc. or approved equal. Minimum pipe stiffness per ASTM D2412 shall be 60 psi for 8 inches through 8 inches through 18 inches and 46 psi for 21 inches and larger pipe sizes. Pipe shall withstand impact of 210-foot-pounds on 8 inches and 220-foot lengths. Pipe shall withstand flattening up to 60 percent without cracking, splitting or breaking and pass acetone immersion test per ASTM D 2152. INSTALLATION General: 1. Install all piping in accordance with pipe manufacturer's instructions. Bo Making of Joints: 1. General: a. Make joints in accordance with pipe manufacturer's recommendations and the supplemental specifications herein. b. Cut piping accurately and squarely and install without forcing or c. Ream out all pipes and tubing to full inside diameter after cutting. d. Remove all cuttings and foreign matter from the inside of pipes and tubing before installation. Solvent weld joints only: a. Comply with the requirements of ASTM D 2855. b. File end of PVC pipe to form a 10 to 15 degree bevel, 1/16-inch to 3/32-inch wide, on the exterior of the pipe end. c. Clean and apply approved primer to pipe end and socket. d. Apply solvent cement to pipe end and socket and then apply a second coat to pipe end. e. Immediately insert pipe end in socket and wipe off excess cement. f. Rotate pipe under six inches about one-quarter turn after inserting in socket. g. Do not perform solvent welding operations when temperature is below 40° or above 90° F. C&B 952132010 2.5 h. Allow joints to set for at least 48 hours before applying internal or external pressure. Threaded joints only. a. Use liquid lubricant for permanent joints. b. Use tape lubricant at valves and equipment where piping may have to be disconnected for maintenance. Gasketed joints only: a. Thoroughly clean pipe ends and gaskets before installation. b. Apply lubricant recommended by manufacturer. Plastic to metal connections: a. Make all plastic to metal connections by means of PVC adapters. b. Do not cut threads on PVC Pipe. FIELD TESTING Comply with the requirements of sewer pipe installation and testing section. END OF SECTION 15030 - 5 C&B 952132010 SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Except as modified in this section, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, applicable provisions of Division 1, General Requirements, and other provisions and requirements of the contract documents apply to work of Division 16- Electrical. B. Each section included in Division 16 - Electrical incorporates this section by reference and is incomplete without the provisions stated herein. C. Coordinate work included in other Divisions which affect the work in this Division. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Provide: Where the word 'provide' is used, the word is understood to mean 'the Contractor shall furnish and install' the equipment, tests, inspections, etc. referenced. B. Related Work: The sections referenced under the article RELATED SECTIONS are understood to include provisions which directly affect the work being specified in the section where the RELATED SECTIONS article occurs. C. Concealed: Where the word 'concealed' is used in conjunction with raceways, equipment and the like, the word is understood to mean hidden from sight as in chases, furred spaces or suspended ceilings. D. Exposed: Where the word 'exposed' is used, the word is understood to mean open to view. 1.3 CONTRACT DRAWINGS A. Drawings are generally diagrammatic and are intended to encompass a system that will not interfere with the structural and architectural design of the building. Coordinate the work to avoid interferences between conduit, equipment, architectural and structural work. B. Coordinate with architectural features, trim and millwork details, and install equipment in cabinets or other special areas as directed by A/E. 16010- 1 C&B 952132010 1.4 1.5 Drawings are based on equipment specified. Make adjustments, modifications or changes required, due to usa of other equipment, at no additional compensation. QUALITY ASSURANCE Ao Perform work in accordance with the latest editions, revisions, amendments or supplements of applicable statutes, ordinances, codes or regulations of Federal, State and Local Authorities having jurisdiction in effect on the date bids are received. Be Where approval standards have been established by OSHA, Underwriter's Laboratories, American Codes, ASME, AGA, AMCA, ANSI, ARI, NFPA 70, State Ewe Insurance Regulatory Body, and FM, these standards shall be followed whether or not indicated on the Contract Drawings and Specifications. Include the cost of all work required to comply with the requirements of these authorities in the original proposal. Comply with ANSI C2 where applicable. Requirements in reference specifications and standards are minimum for all equipment, material and work. In instances where capacities, size or other features of equipment, devices or materials exceed these minimums, meet listed or shown capacities. Resolve any code violation discovered in contract documents with the A/E prior to award of the contract. Alter award of the contract, make any correction or addition necessary for compliance with applicable codes at no additional compensation. Ee Arrange with local and state authorities and utility companies for permits, fees and sarvice connections, verifying locations and arrangement, and pay all charges including inspections. PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS Ae Site Visitation: Visit the site of the proposed construction to thoroughly become familiar with all details of the work and working conditions, verify all dimensions in the field, and advise A/E of any discrepancy before performing any work. Space Requirements 1. Consider space limitations imposad by contiguous work in selection and location of equipment and material. Do not provide equipment or material which is not suitable in this respect. 2. Make changes in equipment location of up to 5 feet, to allow for field conditions prior to actual installation, at no additional compensation, as directed by A/E. 16010 - 2 C&B 952132010 Conceal all conduit in finished areas. Conduit may be exposed in mechanical rooms, electrical rooms and where specifically aliowed on the drawings. Route conduit without interfering with other Contractor's equipment or construction. Provide maximum possible dear height underneath all conduit. Install conduit as high as possible. Install all equipment requiring service so that it is easily accessible. Compare the equipment sizes with the space allotted for installation before installation and make written notice of possible conflict. Disassemble large equipment to permit installation through normal room openings when required. Should written notice not be made in a timely manner, make adjustments and modifications necessary without additional compensation. Timely place all equipment too large to fit through finished openings, stairways, etc. Site Obstructions 1. The drawings indicate certain information pertaining to surface and subsurface obstructions which has been taken from available drawings. Such information is not guaranteed; however, as to the accur~'~y of location or the completeness of the information. 2. Before any cutting or trenching operations are begun, verily with A/E, utility companies, municipalities, and other interested parties that all available information has been provided. Verify locations given. 3. Should obstruction be encountered, whether shown or not, alter routing of new work, reroute existing lines, remove obstruction where permitted, or otherwise perform whatever work is necessary to satisfy the purpose of the new work and leave existing services and structures in a sati~fa~ory and serviceable condition. 4. Assume total responsibility for and repair any damage to existing utilities or construction, whether or not such existing facilities are shown, ff damaged, repair the lines at no additional compensation. Cutting and Patching 1. Submit a written request to A/E in advance of cutting or alterations. 2. Execute cutting and demolition by methods which will prevent damages to other work and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs. 3. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products complying with specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes as stated in the contract documents. Provide heavy chrome-plated or nickel-plated escutcheon plates of approved pattern for penetrations of finished surface. Approved escutcheon plates are B&C No. 10 with concealed hinges. 16010 - 3 C&B 952132010 1.6 1.7 Fit work airtight to conduit, sleeves and other penetrations through surfaces. For fire-rated penetrations, provide in accordance with UL 1479 and ASTM E-814 assemblies utilizing products and materials equal to the rating of all surfaces penetrated. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP Ao Provide new materials and equipment of a domestic manufacturer by those regularly engaged in the production and manufacture of specified materials and equipment. Where Underwriter's Laboratories or other agency has established standards for materials, provide materials which are listed and labeled accordingly. The commercially standard items of equipment and the specific names mentioned herein are intended to identify standards of quality and performance necessary for the proper functioning of the work. Perform work by workmen skilled in the trade required for the work. Install all materials and equipment to present a neat appearance when completed and in accordance with the approved recommendations of the manufacturer and the best practices of the trade and in conformance with the Contract Documents. Co Provide all labor, materials, apparatus, and appliances essential to the complete functioning of .the systems described or indicated herein, or which may be reasonably implied as essential whether mentioned in the Contract Documents or not. Do In cases of doubt as to the Work intended or in the event of need for explanation thereof, make written request for supplementary instructions to A/E. Eo Since manufacturing methods vary, reasonable minor variations are expected; however, performance and material requirements are the minimum standards acceptable. The right to judge the quality of equipment that deviates from the Contract Documents remains solely with A/E. Refer to Section 16011. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDUNG Follow the manufacturer's directions completely in the delivery, storage, and handling of equipment and materials. Bo Store equipment in a clean, dry place, protected from other construction. While stored, maintain factory wrappings or tightly cover and protect equipment against dirt, water, construction debris, chemical, physical or weather damage, traffic and Co Adequately brace and package equipment to prevent breakage and distortion while in transit. 16010 -4 C&B 952132010 1.8 EXCAVATION Ao Trenching 1. Perform all excavation of every description and of whatever substance encountered to depths indicated or specified. Pile excavated material suitable for backfilling on one side of trenches in such a manner as to permit ready access to and use of existing fire hydrants, valves, manholes and other utilities system apparatus and a sufficient distance from banks of trenches to prevent slides or cave-ins. Keep surface drainage of adjoining areas unobstructed. Waste ail excavated materials not required or satisfactory for backfill. Remove water by pumping or other approved method and discharge at a safe distance from the excavation. 2. Provide trenches of necessary width for proper laying of conduit and comply with latest publication of OSHA 2226 Excavating and Trenching Operations. Coordinate trench excavation with pipe installation to avoid open trenches for prolonged periods. Accurately grade to bottoms of trenches to provide uniform bearing and support for each section of conduit on undisturbed soil or the required thickness of bedding material at every point along its entire length. 3. When excavating for manholes, pull boxes, and similar structures, provide at least 12 inches in the clear between their outer surfaces and the embankment or shoring which may be used. Remove unstable soil that is incapable of supporting the structure in the bottom of the excavation to the depth necessary to obtain design bearing. 4. Material to be excavated is 'unclassified.' No adjustment in the contract price will be made on account of the presence or absence of rock, shale, masonry or other materials. 5. Protect existing utility lines that are indicated or the locations of which are made known to the Contractor prior to excavating and trenching and that are to be retained, as well as utility lines constructed during excavating and trenching operations, from damage during excavating, trenching and backfilling; and if damaged, repair the lines at no additional compensation. Issue notices when utility lines that are to be removed are encountered within the area of operations in ample time for the necessary measures to be taken to prevent interruption of the service. 6. Provide trenches for utilities of a depth that will provide the following minimum depths of cover from existing grade or from indicated finish grade, whichever is lower: a. 3 Foot Minimum Cover: Raceways for primary voltage conductors. b. 2 Foot Minimum Cover: Raceways for secondary conductors. Backfilling 1. Backfill all trenches after conduit, fittings, and joints have been tested and approved. 2. Backfill trenches with sand to provide 6 inches sand below conduit and 12 inches sand cover. Backfill remainder of trenches with satisfactory 16010 - 5 C&B 952132010 1.9 1.10 1.11 materials consisting of earth, loam, sandy clay, sand, and gravel, or soft shale, free from large clods of earth and stones not over I 1/2 inch in size, and deposit in 9 inch maximum layers, loose depth as indicated or specir,~cl. Take care not to damage utility lines. Deposit the remainder of backfill materials in the trench in I foot maximum layers, and compact by mechanical means. Re-open trenches and excavation pits improperly backfilled or where settlement occurs to the depth required to obtain the specified compaction, then refill and compact with the surface restored to the required grade and compaction. Where trenches cross streets, driveways, building slabs, or other pavements, backfill trench utility line with sand backfill material in 6 inch layers. Moisten each layer and compact to 95 percent of the maximum soil density as determined by ASTM D 698. Accomplish backfilling in such a manner as to permit the rolling and compaction of the filled trench with the adjoining material to provide the required bearing value so that paving of the area can proceed immediately after backfilling is complete. PAINTING Properly prepare all surfaces to receive paint. Prime prepared surfaces and finish with two coats of exterior oil base paint. Verify primer and paint are rated for B. Repair any damage to factory painted finishes. C. Remove splattered and incidental paint from all electrical equipment. NOISE AND VIBRATION Provide the entire operating system and its component items of equipment free of objectionable vibration or noises. Statically and dynamically balance all rotating equipment, and mount or fasten so that no equipment vibration will be transmitted to the building. If objectionable noise or vibration is produced or transmitted to or through the building structure by equipment, ballasts or other parts of the work, rectify such condition at no additional compensation. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Provide the services of competent representatives of the manufacturer capable of c~tifying that the equipment is installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations, is operating properly, and to instruct the Owner's operating personnel during start-up and operating tests of the complete electrical system. Prove the operation of equipment to the satisfaction of A/E. Give at least seven days' notice to A/E prior to beginning equipment start-up. 16010 - 6 C&B 952132010 1.12 1.13 1.14 Certify that these services have been performed by including a properly executed invoice for these services or a letter from the manufacturer. C. Perform all tests outlined in Division 16 - Testing. SERVICE Immediately prior to final acceptance of project, inspect, clean and service all light fixtures. Replace all incandescent lamps. Replace all fluorescent or HID lamps if utilized for construction lighting. Clean and polish ali fixtures, equipment, and materials thoroughly, and return to 'as new' condition. Remove all excess material and debris. Place all electrical systems in complete working order before request for final review. Broom clean all areas. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Maintain a set of prints of the Contract Documents at the job site for the purpose of recording the final size, location and interrelation of all work under this Division. Mark-up this set of drawings as the job progresses to indicate 'as-built' location of all equipment, including concealed conduit, equipment and the like. Obtain mylar contract drawings from A/E, at Contractor's expense, and record all as-built conditions. Clearly and accurately delineate the work by dimensions on the mylar record drawings as installed, with equipment locations identified by at least two dimensions to permanent structures. The final mylar record drawings shall be marked 'AS-BUILT,' and signed and dated by a certified representative of the Contractor. At the conclusion of project, provide certified "AS-BUILT' drawings. Refer to Section 16012. FINAL REVIEW A. Obtain all necessary Certificates of Occupancy from local authorities. Prior to requesting final payment, submit final approved operation and maintenance manuals including approved submittals, test reports and 'AS-BUILT' drawings. Delivery of operation and maintenance manuals is a condition of final acceptance. Refer to Section 16012. 16010 - 7 C&B 952132010 1.15 GUARANTEE Ao Guarantee materials, parts and labor for all work for one year from the date of issuance of occupancy permit. During that period make good any faults or imperfections that may arise due to defects or omissions in materials or workmanship with no additional compensation and to the complete satisfaction of A/E. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not used.) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not used.) END OF SECTION 16010 - 8 C&B 952132010 SECTION 16011 SUBMITTALS PART1-GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Prepare and submit shop drawings and product data. · 1.2 MANUFACTURERS Ustad manufacturers will be acceptable as long as they comply with the specifications. Manufacturers who are not listed as "acceptable manufacturers" bear the burden of proof to A/E that their products comply with the specifications. Furthermore, those manufacturers shall agree in writing to bear the cost of A/E time at 2.4 times direct cost to review compliance with the specifications whether their products are approved or not. Gm Provide all power distribution and control equipment of the same manufacturer (i.e., switchboards, panelboards, transformers, motor control centers, etc.) D. Provide all similar equipment of the same manufacturer (i.e., wiring devices, etc.). 1.3 CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION Ae Submittals will be submitted only by the Contractor. Indicate by signed stamp that the contract documents have been checked, that the work shown in the submittals is in accordance with contract requirements and that dimensions and relationship with work of other trades have been checked. If submittals are submitted for review that have not been checked and signed by the Contractor, they will be returned for checking before being considered by A/E. 1.4 PREPARATION A. Provide six copies of submittals. Bo Whore product data published by the manufacturer is part of a submittal, include only information relevant to the particular equipment or materials to be furnished. In all cases where compliance with UL, FM, ARI or other similar organization's standards are required, provide proper documentation of this compliance with the manufacturer's published literature or drawings or by a letter signed by an officer of the company. 16011 - 1 C&B 952132010 Co Eo Furnish submittals within 45 days after receiving a signed contract and prior to the start of installation.' Include identifying symbols and equipment numbers used in the contract documents for all equipment and material submitted. Cross reference sheet numbers on contract drawings for shop drawings. Provide shop drawings consisting of plans drawn to scale, with elevations and sections, to show dearly the location of major items of equipment and clearances for maintenance and code requirements. Submit only the requested submittals complete by types of equipment (i.e., lighting fixtures, power distribution, etc.) labelled with applicable specilk~ation section(s) included. Each submittal will be handled separately. Should any item not be acceptable, the entire submittal will be returned to the Contractor for correction and resubmittai. Partial submittals are unacceptable. The intent of this requirement is that all approved bound sets of data will be identical and will contain only acceptable information. Submit a compliance sheet for each submittal indicating the submittal is in full compliance with the drawings and specilloations. Indicate by drawing number or specification section number and paragraph numbers all exceptions taken and include an explanation. The review of submittals does not relieve or modify the Contractor's responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents or dimensions or errors contained in the submittal or quantity count, it is clearly understood that, in the review process, noting of some discrepancies but overlooking others does not grant the Contractor permission to proceed in error. Regardless of any information contained in the submittals, the Contract Documents govern the work, and are neither waived nor suspended in any way by the review of the submittals. A minimum review period of two weeks, exclusive of transmittal time, will be required in A/E office for each submittal. Take this time period into consideration when scheduling construction. Include in submittals sufficient plans, elevations, sections, performance data, dimensions, bolt locations, ratings, sound data, weights and schematics to clearly describe the equipment and to show compliance with these specirk~tions. Provide a cover or title sheet for the submittal containing the following: 1. Name of Contractor originating the submittal. 2. Name of project for which the submittal is made. 3. An index of all items submitted including: a. Mark of equipment on drawings. b. Manufacturer. c. Catalog number. 16011 - 2 C&B 952132010 e d. Specification section number. Date of submittal and date of each revision. Cofltractor's certification of review. Contractor's certification of compliance. Shop drawings and product data which do not comply with the requirements herein will be returned for rasubmittai. Submit two paper sepias for shop drawings. Le A/E will retain one copy and Owner will retain one copy of submittal. Remaining copies will be returned to Contractor marked FURNISH AS SUBMITTED, FURNISH AS CORRECTED, REVISE AND RESUBMIT or SUBMIT SPECIFIED ITEM. If it is marked FURNISH AS SUBMITTED or FURNISH AS CORRECTED, no additional submittal is required. If it is marked REVISE AND RESUBMIT or SUBMIT SPECIFIED ITEM, repeat submittal in accordance with this section. Submit complete and accurate shop drawings and product data at first submittal. If submittals are returned to Contractor marked REVISE AND RESUBMIT or SUBMIT SPECIFIED ITEM, only one additional submission will be permitted. If the reproducible sepia or product data marked FURNISH AS SUBMITTED or FURNISH AS CORRECTED is altered for any reason after it has been stamped, the REVIEWED stamp shall automatically be voided. Provide ail work in accordance with the submittals stamped FURNISH AS SUBMITTED or FURNISH AS CORRECTED inasmuch as they are in agreement with the Contract Documents. Where differences occur between the submittals and the Contract Documents, the Contract Documents shall govern the work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 REQUIRED SUBMITTALS Ao Furnish product data for devices, equipment, or systems as specified. Other submittals will be returned to Contractor without review. Furnish shop drawings as indicated. 16011 - 3 C&B 952132010 3.2 FINAL SUBMITTAL In addition to the number of copies of shop drawings and product data required to review submittals, maintain separate file of final reviewed copies of such material. Deliver approved submittals in a hard-back binder for the Owner's use. Incorporate changes and revisions made throughout the construction period. Refer to Section 16012. END OF SECTION 16011 - 4 C&B 952132010 SECTION 16012 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Prepare and submit operation and maintenance manuals. aJ Each section included in Division 16 - Electrical incorporates this section by reference and is incomplete without the provisions stated herein. 1.2 PREPARATION Furnish four copies of complete operation and maintenance instructions, service manuals and parts list applicable to each manufactured item of equipment furnished. Bind operation and maintenance information in four separate Iooseleaf binders and deliver to A/E at least four weeks prior to final review of the project. Organize binders to contain like equipment in separate divisions. Provide a complete double index for each binder to include: 1. An alphabetized list of the products by name. 2. An alphabetized list of manufacturers whose products have been incorporated in the work together with their addresses and the name, addresses and telephone numbers of the local sales representative or supplier. Ce For each section of product, equipment or system, organize the data as follows: 1. Furnish a general descriptio~ of the equipment or system listing the major components, intended service and other general data. 2. Furnish technical data including nameplate data, design parameters, ratings, capacity, performance data, operating curves, characteristics, and the like. Clearly distinguish between information which does and does not apply. 3. Mst warnings and cautions to be observed during both installation and operations. 4. Fully detailed installation and operation instructions including spec, iai tools required, alignment instructions, start-up, and shut-down sequences. 5. Furnish maintenance, service and repair instructions including maintenance and service schedules, materials, and methods for performing routine and annual service. 6. Furnish a troubleshooting guide and check list indicating common failures, test methods and procedures for determining component fault or failure. 16012- 1 C&B 952132010 10. 11. 12. Furnish a spare parts list indicating part and order number with name, address, and telephone number of supplier. Include current prices of replacement parts and supplies. Furnish diagrams including controls, wiring, installation or operation of the equipment or system. Furnish copies of all approved submittals. Refer to Section 16011. Furnish copies of all test reports. Refer to Section 16030. Print copies of the 'AS-BUILT' drawings. Refer to Section 16010. Furnish all warranties and guarantees. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not used.) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not used.) END OF SECTION 16012 - 2 C&B 952132010 SECTION 16030 TESTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Test electrical systems and equipment. These tests are required to determine that the equipment involved may be safely energized and operated. Perform tests by and under the supervision of fully experienced and qualified personnel. Advise each respective manufacturer's representative of tests on their equipment. D. Record all test data. Each section of Division 16 - Electrical that has products or systems listed herein incorporate this section by reference and is incomplete without the required tests stated herein. 1.2 REPORTS Ae Submit test report forms for review a minimum of 90 days prior to requesting a final review by A/E. Be Fumish six individually bound copies of test data. Neatly type and arrange data. Include with the data the date tested, personnel present, weather conditions, nameplate record of test instrument and list all measurements taken, both prior to and after any corrections are made to the system. Record all failures and corrective action taken to remedy incorrect situation. Co A/E will retain one copy. Remaining copies will be returned to Contractor for inclusion in the operation and maintenance manuals. Refer to Section 16012. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not used.) C&B 952132010 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Furnish proposed test procedures, recording forms, list of personnel and test equipment for A/E review. B. Follow recommended procedures for testing as published by test equipment manufacturer. 3.2 WIRE AND CABLE A. Test insulation resistance of each main feeder and service after the installation is complete but before the connection is made to its source and point of termination. B. Test insulation resistance using Biddle Megger or equivalent test instrument at a voltage not less than 1 ,(XX) volts DC. Measure resistance from phase-to-phese and phase-to-ground. In circuits where insulation test value is lower than 1 megohm, remove and replace conductor and retest. C. Visually inspect connections of every branch circuit for tightness. D. Insure that grounding conductor is electrically continuous. E. Test branch circuits against grounds, shorts or other faults. F. Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation. G. Measure ground resistance from system neutral connection at sen~ice entrance to convenient ground reference point using suitable ground testing equipment. H. Test the system for stray currents, ground shorts, etc. If stray currents, shorts, etc., are detected, eliminate or correct as required. 3.3 WIRING DEVICES A. Operate switches at least twice. B. Test every convenience outlet with grounding. plug-in device for proper phasing and Demonstrate operation of lighting circuits and lighting control systems. C&B 952132010 3.4 3.5 ELECTRICAL SWITCHGEAR Ae Before Energization 1. Visually inspect connections for tightness and correctness. 2. Verify proper fusing. Alter Energization 1. Verify proper voltage with system operating at load conditions. 4. 5. 6. Verify proper operation. Operate every circuit breaker, switch and contactor. Modify tap settings on transformers as required. Measure line amperes with system operating at load conditions. Modify circuit breaker and relay settings as required. Operate all equipment and control systems through intended sequence. 1. 2. 3. Record pertaining to system operation. Contactors. Starters. Perform motor control center mechanical operator tests in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Exercise each starter through entire operating sequence. Demonstrate that protective features such as phase failure, undervoltage and phase reversal are properly operating. Rotating Equipment a. Verify proper voltage and phasing. b. Modify phasing as required for proper rotation. c. Measure line amperes (starting and running) and rpm. d. Demonstrate running of motors and operation of controls and interlocks. SECONDARY GROUNDING A. Test service entrance ground resistance. B. Provide additional made-electrodes if resistance is more than 3 ohms. C. Test grounding system resistance within building. END OF SECTION C&B 952132010 SECTION 16111 CONDUIT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish and install raceway systems, including: 1. Rigid metal conduit and fittings. 2. Uquidtight flexible metal conduit and fittings. 3. Nonmetallic conduit and fittings. 1.2 SPECIAL AREA CLASSIFICATION A. Class 1, Division 2: Wet Well Area. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS Ao Rigid Metal Conduit and Fittings 1. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1; hot-dip galvanized. 2. PVC Externally Coated Conduit: NEMA RN 1; rigid steel conduit with external PVC coating and internal galvanized surface. 3. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; threaded type, material to match conduit. Bo Uquidtight Flexible Conduit and Fittings 1. Conduit: Flexible metal conduit with PVC jacket and integral grounding conductor. 2. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; liquidtight, zinc coated steel. Co Nonmetallic Conduit and F~ngs 1. Conduit: NEMA TC 2; Schedule 40 PVC. 2, Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3, PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUIT SIZING, ARRANGEMENT AND SUPPORT Minimum size of conduit is 3/4 -inch. Minimum size of homerun and feeder conduits is 3/4 inch. Indicated sizes are minimum based on THW copper wire and larger sizes may be used for convenience of wire pulling. 16111-1 C&B 952132010 3.2 3.3 3.4 B. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present a neat appearance. C. In unfinished areas of the building, conduit may be run exposed. Install all exposed conduits parallel or perpendicular to walls and adjacent piping. Neatly route conduit in a common rack where possible. D. Maintain minimum 6 inch clearance between conduit and piping. Maintain 12 inch clearance between conduit and heat sources such as flues, steam pipes, and heating appliances. E. Arrange conduit supports to prevent distortion of alignment by wire pulling operations. Fasten conduit securely to building structure using stainless steel clamps, hangers and threaded rod. GENERAL CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends between boxes. B. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. C. Avoid moisture traps where possible; where unavoidable, provide junction box with drain fitting at conduit Iow point. D. Seal conduit which crosses a boundary between areas of different classifications E. Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. F. Drawings indicate intended circuiting and are not intended to be scaled for exact conduit location. Do not install conduit in floor slab of building. Go NONMETALLIC CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Nonmetallic conduit may be installed only as indicated on drawings. All other conduits installed outdoors above or below grade shall be PVC coated rigid steel. W'koe nonmetallic conduit clean and dry before joining. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area that will be inserted into fitting. Let joint cure for 20 minutes minimum. METALLIC CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Make joints mechanically tight and all conduit electrically continuous. 16111-2 C&B 9521.32010 3.5 3.6 Be Ce De Use conduit hubs for fastening conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp or wet locations. Use sealing Iocknuts and other approved techniques for moisture proofing raceway in wet areas. Use hydraulic one-shot conduit bender or factory elbows for bends in conduit larger than 2 inch size. Install expansion joints where conduit crosses building expansion joints and at 150 foot intervals in straight runs. Eo Any damage to PVC coating on donduits shall be repaired per manufacture recommendations. CONDUIT INSTALLATION SCHEDULE Ao Exterior 1. Exposed a. PVC coated rigid metal conduit and fittings. b. Uquidtight flexible metal conduit for connection to vibrating equipment including motors, transformers and control devices. 2. Underground a. PVC coated rigid metal conduit and fittings. b. PVC coated rigid metal factory elbows for all bends and for concrete slab penetrations. Interior 1. 0 Exposed a. Rigid metal conduit in areas subject to moisture, corrosive agents, physical abuse or in unconditioned spaces. Concealed a. Rigid metal conduit in areas subject to moisture or corrosive agents. Cast-in-Concrete: Rigid metal conduit. Connections to Equipment a. Uquidtight flexible metal conduit in areas subject to moisture, high humidity, or corrosive agents. C. Electrical metallic tubing will not be acceptable for use on this project. SEALING OF CONDUITS After all cables have been installed in conduits and connected, conduit ends shall be sealed by non-hardening sealing compound (Duxseal, Permaseal or equal), forced into conduits to a minimum depth equal to the conduit diameter. This shall apply for all conduits at handhoies, manholes, vaults, and building entrance junction boxes. 16111 -3 C&B 952132010 All conduits entering wet well shall have Appleton type "ESU" sealing fittings with sealing compound installed (Chico conduit seal or equal). END OF SECTION 16111- 4 C&B 952132O1O SECTION 16120 WIRE AND CABLE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES Furnish and install wire and cable, including: 1. Building wire. 2. Cable. 3. Wiring connections and terminations. 4. Control wiring and cables. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CABLES The cable furnished shall conform to the Cable Data sheets bound at the end of this section. Bo Cables in power, control, indication, and alarm circuits speraflng at 600 volts or less (except where status lighting, multiconductor control and instrument cables are permitted or required) shall be 600 voit power cable. Cable for circutis to electronic instrumentation shall be two or three conductor instrument cable twisted for magnetic noise rejection and protected from electrostatic noise by a total coverage shield. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Wire and Cable 1. Southwire. 2. Carol. 3. Triangle PWC, Inc. 4. BIW Cable System, Inc. 5. Brand Rex Co. 6. The Okonite Co. 7. Pirelli Cable Corp. 8. Rome Cable Corp. Bo Connectors 1. T&B. 2. Burndy. 3. 3M. 16120- 1 C&B 952132010 2.3 2.4 Co instrument Cable 2. 3. 4. 5. Brand Rex Co. Fluorocarbon, Samuel Moore Group, Dekoron Div. Ericsson Continental Wire & Cable Corp. The Okonite Co. Rome Cable Corp. BUILDING WIRE A. Thermoplastic-Insulated Building Wire: NEMA WC 5. B. Rubber-insulated Building Wire: NEMA WC 3. Ce F-~..c. ders and Branch Circuits Larger Than #6 AWG: Copper, stranded conductor, 600 volt insulation, THW, THHN/THWN, XHHW, RHW. Feeders and Branch Circuits #6 AWG and Smaller: Copper conductor, 600 volt insulation, THW, THHN/THWN; smaller than #8 AWG, solid conductor. E. Control Circuits: THHN/THWN. Copper, stranded conductor 600 volt insulation, THW, WIRING CONNECTIONS AND SPUCES Connect and splice wire #8 AWG and smaller with serf-insulating, wire nut connectors. Be Terminate and splice all #6 AWG and larger copper conductors, except for load side lugs on Class I and II switchboards, paneiboards, motor control centers, fusible switches, circuit breakers, transformers and individual motor controllers with high conductivity, wrought copper, color-keyed compression connector similar to T & B Series 54100 for terminal connection; Series 54500 for two-way copper-to-copper splices; and Series 54700 for tapping and pigtailing copper conductors. C. Motor Connections: 3M Series 5300-5304. Set screw type connectors are only acceptable on the load side lugs of switchboards, panelboards, circuit breakers, fusible switches and on individual motor controllers. Ee Where three or more conductors larger than #8 AWG are installed in widng gutter, utilize a screw-type power distribution block. Utilize split, bolt mechanical connector, filled and taped for smooth joint, only where specifically requested by Contractor and approved by A/E. 16120 - 2 C&B 952132010 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL WIRING METHODS A. Use no wire smaller than if 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits, and no smaller than if14 AWG for control wiring. Provide minimum of if12 AWG for all switch legs. Provide neutral conductor of the same size as the phase conductors to which it is associated. B. Use if10 AWG conductor minimum for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 100 feet. C. Provide homerun conductors of continuous length without joint or splice from overcurrent device to first outlet. D. Provide main service and feeder conductors of continuous length without joint or splice for their entire length. E. Install all wiring in conduit, unless indicated otherwise. F. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, panelboards, motor control centers, wiring gutters, and other equipment using Thomas & Betts 'Ty-Wraps.' G. Drawings indicate proposed circuiting only, and do not indicate every conductor unless intent is unclear and further clarification is required. H. Tag each circuit in an outlet box where two or more circuits run to a single outlet as a guide for the fixture hanger in making connections. 3.2 WIRING INSTALLATION IN RACEWAYS A. Pull all conductors into a raceway at the same time. Use UL listed wire pulling lubricant. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended tension. B. Install wire in raceway after building has been physically protected from the weather and all mechanical work likely to injure conductors has been completed. C. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before installing conductors. D. Remove and discard conductors cut too short or installed in wrong raceway. Do not install conductors which have been removed from a raceway. E. Do not install conductors in conduit which contains wires already in place. 16120 - 3 C&B 952132010 3.3 3.4 3.5 WIRING CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS A. Make taps and splices in accessible junction or outlet boxes only. B. Thoroughly clean wires before installing lugs and connectors. C. Make splices, taps and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors without perceptible temperature rise. D. Provide joints in branch circuits only where such circuits divide. Where circuits divide, provide one through circuit to which the branch is spliced from the circuit. Do not leave joints in branch circuits for fixture hanger to make. Make all taps and splices with approved type compression connector. E. Terminate spare conductors with electrical tape. F. Identify and label all conductor terminations as specified in electrical identification. G. conductors in equipment furnished and provide Properly terminate indicated properly sized lugs. COLOR CODING A. FIELD A. B. Color code all distribution systems as follows: 1. 120/208V System Phase Color A Black B Red C Blue N White G Green Provide color coding throughout the full length of all wire No. 6 and smaller. Identification by permanent paint bands or tags at the outlets will be acceptable for wire sizes larger than No. 6. Provide the same color and shade of color throughout the project. QUALITY CONTROL Inspect wire and cable for physical damage and proper connection. Torque test conductor connections and terminations to manufacturer's recommended values. 16120 - 4 C&B 952132010 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS REFERENCE: ICEA S-66-524 (NEMA WC 7). CONDUCTOR: Concentric-lay, uncoated copper; standard class B. Normal maximum operating temperature 90' C. INSULATION: Cross-linked thermosetting polyethylene, ICEA S-66-524, Paragraph 3.6. SHIELD: None. JACKET: None. FACTORY TESTS: Cable shall meet the requirements of ICEA S-66-524. *CONDUCTOR INSULATION SIZE THICKNESS O.D. MAX. (AWG OR MCM) NO. OF STRANDS (INCHES) (INCHES) 14 7 .045 .19 12 7 .045 .22 10 7 .045 .24 8 7 .050 .31 6 ? .060 .35 4 7 .060 .39 2 ? .060 .46 1 19 .080 .54 1/0 19 .080 .59 2/0 19 .080 .63 4/0 19 .080 .74 250 37 .095 .82 350 37 .095 .91 500 37 .095 1.04 750 61 .110 1.28 I(XX) 61 .110 1.44 -;'~ he average thickness shall be not less than that indicated above. The minimum thickness shall be not less than 90 percent of the value indicated above. A durable marking shall be provided on the surface of the cable at intervals not exceeding 24 inches. Marking shall include manufacturer's name, SLP, RHH or RHW or USE, conductor size, and voltage class. b~RL~q'q: POWER CABLE 600-1-XLP-NONE- 600 VOLT CONDUCTOR RHH-RHW-USE I CABEP..-I.)ATA FIGURE 1-16A 16120 - 5 C&B 9521~10 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS REFERENCE: UL 62, UL 1277. CONDUCTOR: 16 AWG, 7 strand, concentric-lay, uncoated copper. Maximum operating temperature 90°C dry, 75°C wet. INSULATION: Polyvinyl chloride, not less than 15 mils average thickness (13 mils minimum thickness), UL 62, Type TFN. Twisted pair with 1/2 to 2 1/2 inch lay. SHIELD: Cable assembly, combination aluminum-polyester tape and 7 strand, 20 AWG minimum size, tinned copper drain wire, shield applied to achieve 100 percent cover over insulated conductors. JACKET: Conductor: Nylon, 4 mils minimum thickness, UL 62. Cable assembly: Black flame retardant polyvinyl chloride, UL 1277, applied over tape wrapped cable core. CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION: One conductor black, one conductor white. FACTORY TESTS: CABLE DETAILS SINGLE PAIR Insulated conductors shall meet the requirements of UL 62 for Type TFN. Assembly jacket shall meet the requirements of UL 1277, Cable shall meet the vertical-tray flame test requirements of UL 1277. *ASSEMBLY JACKET THICKNESS (INCHES) .045 O.D. MAX. (INCHES) .34 *The average thickness shall be not less than that indicated above. The minimum thickness shall be not less than 80 percent of the value indicated above. A durable marking shall be provided on the surface of the cable at intervals not exceeding 24 inches. Marking shall include manufacturer's name, Type TC, Type TFN, conductor size, single pair, and voltage class. SINGLE PAIR SHIELDED I 600 VOLT INSTRUMENT CABLE I O T^ I 600-SINGLE-PAIR-SH- INSTR FIGURE 2-16A END OF SECTION 16120 -6 C&B 952132010 SECTION 16124 WIRE CONNECTION AND DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish and install splicing and terminating devices. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS B. C. D. E. F. Bumdy Corp. Dossert Manufacturing Corp. Ideal Industries, Inc. Ilsco Corp. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Co. Thomas & Betts Co., Inc. 2.2 MATERIALS Cable and wire connections for splicing or terminating shall be made with compression deforming type connectors. Connectors for cable sizes 250 kcmil and larger shall be the long barrel type for double indentation. Soldered connections will not be permitted. Twist-on insulated connectors may be used which are resistant to vibration and are used in the proper sizes. Provide terminal connectors with hole sizes and spacing in accordance with NEMA standards. Provide terminal connectors with two holes in tongue for use on conductor sizes 250 kcmil and larger. Terminal connectors will not be required for connections to the circuit breakers in the lighting and/or receptacle panels. Provide connections made with non-insulated connectors insulated with three (3) layers of plastic tape, each layer being half lapped. Provide No. 35+ plastic tape. 16124-1 C&B 952132010 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Provide electrical connections to equipment fumishad under other contracts and furnish wiring, conduit, outlet boxes, and safety switches, as required. Verify locations, horsepower, and voltages of equipment prior to installation of feeders. If apparent conflict adses in power wiring, advise A/E immediately for clarification. B. Provide switches as required by national or local codes. Co If the motor is integral to the equipment, isolate the entire piece of equipment with a short section of flexible metal conduit to prevent vibration and/or noise amplification to be transferred to the building structure. If the motOr is adjustable, install an additional length of flexible metal conduit at the motor. Ee Conrmct a ground wire from the conduit termination to the motor frame on the inside of flexible conduit. Use approved grounding lugs or clamps or the conduit connection. Major equipment furnished under the mechanical and other sections of the specifications may require different rough-in requirements than those Indicated on Drawings due to 'or equal' equipment clause. Secure detailed drawings from the Contractor furnishing the equipment to determine actual rough-in locations, conduit and conductor requirements to assure a proper installation. Before connecting any piece of equipment, verify the corresponds with the information shown on the drawings. should be called to the attention of A/E. name plate data Any discrepancies Ho Change any feeders installed incorrectly as a result of not verifying equipment requirements, of equipment provided by others, prior to feeder installation. END OF SECTION 16124-2 C&B 952132010 SECTION 16-130 BOXES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fumleh and install outlet boxes, pull and junction boxes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OUTLET BOXES Provide galvanized or cadmium-plated pressed steel outlet boxes suitable for the conditions of each outlet. Provide multi-gang outlets of single box design; sectional boxes will not be acceptable. Bo Provide deep type cast metal outlet boxes located in damp locations exposed to weather or exposed areas subject to damage, complete with gasketed cover and threaded hubs. Provide outlet boxes of sufficient volume to accommodate the number of conductors entering the box in accordance with the requirements of the National Bectrical Code, and not less than I 1/2 inch deep unless shallower boxes are requked by structural conditions and are especially approved by A/E. D. Provide PVC coated outlet boxes in corrosive areas rated as NEMA 13X. 2.2 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES Ao Provide galvanized sheet metal boxes conforming to NEMA OS 1. Provide hinged enclosures for any box larger than 12 inches in any dimension. Provide cast metal boxes for outdoor and wet locations conforming to NEMA 250; Type 4 and Type 6, flat.flanged, surface-mounted junction box, UL listed as raintight with cover and ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover scrow$. Provide separate pull boxes and junction boxes for electric power, control, and communication systems. 16130- 1 C&B 952132010 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 3.2 3.3 COORDINATION OF BOX LOCATIONS Provide electrical boxes as shown on drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and code compliance. Electrical box locations shown on contract drawings are approximate unless dimensioned..Verify with A/E the location of outlets prior to rough-in. CJ Locate and install boxes to allow access. Provide access doors where installation is inaccessible. Coordinate locations and sizes of required access doors. D. Locate and install to maintain headroom and to present a neat appearance. OUTLET BOX INSTALLATION Provide knockout closures for unused openings. Provide blank plates for all junction boxes. Securely fasten boxes to the building structure, independent of the conduit, except for splice boxes that are connected to two metal conduits, both supported within 12 inches of box. C. Provide access to all boxes. Use multiple-gang boxes where more than one device are mounted together; do not use sectional boxes. Provide barriers to separate wiring of different voltage systems. Align wall-mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices. Install all grouped device locations neat and symmetrical. Coordinate with A/E before rough-in. PULL AND JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION Puli and Junction boxes shall be of the same material as the associated conduit system. B. Support pull and junction boxes independent of conduit. Provide pull boxes in feeder circuits as required but at least every 150 feet in straight runs. Identify all junction boxes by circuit number on cover with legible permanent ink marker. 16130 - 2 C&B 952132O10 Provide weatherproof pull boxes or junction boxes where installed outdoors with watmlight gasketed covers fastened by means of corrosion resistant screws. ENO OF SECTION 16130- 3 C&B 952132010 SECTION 16141 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish and install specification grade wiring devices, including: 1. Wall switches. 2. Receptacles. 3. Device plates and box covers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Switches and Receptacles 1. Arrow-Hart. 2. Hubbell. 3. Leviton. 4. Pass & Seymour. B. Cover Plates: Match device manufacturer. 2.2 DEVICE COLOR A. Provide ivory colored switches and receptacles. 2.3 SWITCHES A. 20A, 120-277V Single Pole: '1221', Hubbell. B. 20A, 120-277V Double Pole: '1222', Hubbell. C. 20A, 277V Single Pole with Pilot Ught: '1221PL7', Hubbell. D. 20A, 120-277V Single Pole, locking type: '1221L', Hubbell. 2.4 RECEPTACLES A. 20A, 125V, 2P3W Simplex: NEMA 5-20R; '5361', Hubbell. B. 20A, 125V, 2P3W Duplex: NEMA 5-20R; '5362', Hubbell. 16141-1 C&B 952132010 2.5 Gm 20A, 125V, 2P3W Duplex Ground Fault Interrupting: NEMA 5-20R; 'GF5352', Hubbell. D. 20A, 125V, 2P3W Duplex Isolated Ground: COVER PLATES A. B, C. De NEMA IG5-20R; '1~2', Hubbell. Provide one piece cover plates for all group mounted devices. Provide stainless steel. Weatherproof Cover Plate: Gasketed cast metal with hinged gasketed device Exposed Box Cover Plate: Stamped steel handy box covers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install receptacles and switches only in electrical boxes which are clean and free from excess building materials, debris, etc. B. Install wall switches with OFF position down. C. Where switches and other devices are mounted at one location, provide single coverplate to cover all devices. D. Align the tops of all group mounted devices. Install plumb and aligned in the plane of the wall. E. Install convenience receptacles in vertical position with grounding pole on bottom unless otherwise noted. F. Provide ground fault circuit interrupting type devices in all locations requiring weatherproof devices. G. Install plates on all devices and blank outlets in finished areas. Use jumbo size plates for outlets installed in masonry walls. H. Install galvanized steel plates on outlets in unfinished areas. 16141 - 2 C&B 952132010 Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes. END OF SECTION 16141 - 3 C&B 952132010 SECTION 16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES Ae Fumish and install supporting devices, including: 1. Conduit and equipment supports. 2. Fastening hardware. 1.2 COORDINATION Coordinate size, shape and requirements for utility company equipment with local utility company. 1.3 QUAUTY ASSURANCE Provide support systems adequate for weight of equipment and conduit, including wiring which they carry. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 2.2 A. B-Line. B. IC,]ndorf. C. Unistrut. MATERIAL A. B. C. Support Channel: PVC coated steel. Hardware: PVC coated or stainless steel. Provide epoxy or PVC coated materials for corrosive environments. 16190- 1 C&B 952132010 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Fasten hanger rods, conduit clamps, and outlet and junction boxes to building structure using expansion anchors, beam clamps or bolts. B. Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow masonry, plaster, or gypsum board partitions and walls; expansion anchors or preset Inserts in solid masons/ walls; sheet metal screws in sheet metal studs and wood screws in wood C. Do not fasten supports to piping, ductwork, mechanical equipment, or conduit. D. Do not use powder-actuated anchors on new concrete structure. E. Do not drill structural steel members. F. Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel channel, dgidly welded or bolted to present a neat appearance. Use hexagon head bolts with spdng lock washers under all nuts. G. Provide concrete pads and equipment bases for all outdoor equipment on grade, floor mounted equipment, areas with floors below grade, and where indicated on the plans. H. Install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors. I. Bridge studs top and bottom with channels to support flush-mounted cabinets and panelboards in stud walls. J. Do not use spring steel clips and clamps or support conduits by individual hanger wires. K. Where multiple runs of conduit can be run grouped together, run conduit in racks supported from the building structure. Provide for future use of rack by properly planning routing of conduits in and through restricted areas such as through walls and around mechanical and electrical equipment. END OF SECTION 16190 - 2 C&B 952132010 SECTION 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES Furnish and install items for identification of electrical products installed under Division 16. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS Nameplates: Provide engraved three-layer laminated plastic nameplates with white letters on a black background. W'~e and Cable Markers: Provide vinyl cloth markers with split sleeve or tubing type, except in manholes provide stainless steel with plastic ties. Underground Warning Tape 1. Manufactured polyethylene material and unaffected by acids and alkalies. 2. 3.5 mils thick and 6 inches wide. 3. Tensile strength of 1,750 psi lengthwise. 4. Printing on tape shall include an identification note BURIED ELECTRIC LINE, and a caution note CAUTION. Repeat identification and caution notes over full length of tape. Provide with black letters on a red background conforming to APWA recommendations. Panelboard Directories: Provide a circuit directory for each panelboard. Mount circuit directory in a permanent, clear Lexan card holder located on inside of door on panelboard. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates. B. Install nameplates parallel to equipment lines. C. Secure nameplates to equipment fronts using screws or rivets. Secure nameplate to inside face of recessed panelboard doors in finished locations. 16195- 1 C&B952132010 3.2 3.3 WIRE AND CABLE LABEUNG Ao Provide wire markers on each conductor in splice boxes, pull boxes, and at first load connection on hornerun. Identify with branch circuit or feeder number for power and lighting circuits, and with control wire number as indicated on equipment manufacturer's shop drawings for control wiring. EQUIPMENT LABEUNG A. Provide nameplates to identify all electrical distribution and control equipment. B. Engraved, Laminated Plastic Nameplates: 1/4-inch letters, equipment designation; 1/8-inch letters, source circuit number. Provide for: 2. 3. 4. Panelboards. Switchboards including each individual device or piece of equipment within a switchboard. Motor control center included each individual device within a motor control center. Enclosed switches, starters, circuit breakers and contactors. Provide neatly typed label inside each motor starter enclosure door identifying motor served, nameplate horsepower, full load amperes, code letter, service factor, and voltage/phase rating. Provide phenolic nameplate on cover exterior to indicate motor served. Transformers if identified on Drawings. END OF SECTION 16195 - 2 C&B952132010 SECTION 16420 SERVICE ENTRANCE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 1.2 1.3 Furnish and install electrical service entrance, including: 1. Arrangement with power company for permanent electric service. 2. Primary and Secondary service entrance from power company. Furnish and install telaphone service entrance, including: 1. Arrangement with telephone company for permanent telephone service. 2. Primary telephone entrance conduit and cable from telephone company. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. System Voltage: B. Service Entrance: 277/480 volts, three-phase, four-wire, 60 hertz. 1. Power: Underground. 2. Telephone: Underground. QUALITY ASSURANCE Install electric service entrance in accordance with power company's rules and regulations. Install telephone service entrance in accordance with telephone company's rules and regulations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METERING EQUIPMENT A. Coordinate with the power company and provide equipment, conduits, manholes, handholes and equipment pads in accordance with power company directives. C&B 952132010 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Make arrangements with the power and telephone companies to obtain permanent service to the project. Provide primary service entrance conduits from power company terminations. Power company will connect conductors to transformer and provide primary cables. Provide secondary service entrance conduits and wire from power company transformer to building service entrance equipment. Provide conduit and wiring as directed by power company to remote location for meter. Provide primary service entrance conduits from telephone company terminations. Telephone company will provide and connect incoming cable to service lines. Contractor shall terminate cable inside building. END OF SECTION 16420 - 2 C&B 952132010 SECTION 16450 SECONDARY GROUNDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES Ao Furnish end install grounding systems, including: 1. Power system grounding. 2. Communication system grounding. 3. Electrical equipment and raceway grounding end bonding. 4. Structural steel grounding. 5. Miscellaneous system grounding. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. B. Ce Ground Rods: Copper-encased steel, 3/4 inch diameter, minimum length 10 feet. Fittings: Heaw-duty, bolt-type, copper alloy or bronze for electrical system Burndy, 0.Z. Gedney. Fittings: Exothermic type for underground and structural steel; Cadweld. D. Cable: Stranded, copper cable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ELECTRIC SERVICE GROUND A. Ground the electrical service system neutral at service entrance equipment to grounding electrodes. B. Bond together system neutrals, service equipment enclosures, and equipment grounding conductor at service entrance. C. Connect the electric service grounding electrode conductors to the incoming metal water pipe system (when available, using a suitable ground clamp) and ground grid. D. Provide grounding and bonding at the power company's metering equipment. 16450 - 1 C&B 952132010 3.2 3.3 BUILDING EQUIPMENT GROUND Ao Provide a separate, insulated equipment grounding conductor from the main service ground to each main switchboard and in all feeders and branch circuits. Terminate each end on a grounding lug, bus, or bushing. Do not use conduit as grounding conductor. as Provide OZ Type "BJ* bonding jumper at all expansion joints, points of electrical discontinuity or connections in conduit where firm mechanical bond is not possible, such as flexible connections, insulating couplings, etc. Ground each panelboard by connecting the grounding conductor to the grounding stud. Ground each secondary dry-type transformer. Provide a bonding jumper between the ground stud and the neutral. Ground transformer ground stud to service ground. Bond every item of equipment served by the electrical system to the building equipment ground system. This includes switchboards, panelboards, disconnect switches, receptacles, controls, fans, air handling units, pumps, and flexible duct connections. COMMUNICATIONS GROUND Provide communications system grounding conductor at point of service entrance and connect to nearest effectively grounded building structural steal member. Use minimum No. 6 AWG copper conductor for communications service grounding conductor. Leave 10-foot slack conductor at terminal board. END OF SECTION C&B 952132010 SECTION 16461 DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fumish and install dry-type two-winding transformers. 1.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDMNG A. Store in a warm, dry location with uniform temperature. Cover ventilating openings to keep out dust. Handle transformers using only lifting eyes and brackets provided for that purpose. Protect units against entrance of rain, sleet, or snow if handled in inclement weather. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS Dry-Type Two-Winding Transformers 1. General Electric. 2. Hevi-Duty. 3. Sorgel. 4. Square D. 5. Westinghouse. 2.2 DRY-TYPE TWO-WINDING TRANSFORMERS Ao Factory-assembled, air cooled dry type transformers; ratings as scheduled; capable of operating at 100 percent load continuously at an ambient temperature of 40 degrees C. B. Insulation system and average winding temperature rise for rated kVA as follows: kVA Insulation Temperature Rating Class Rise degrees C 1-15 185 115 16-500 22O 150 16461 - 1 C&B 952132010 2.3 GENERAL Ao Bo Ce Maximum Case Temperature: 50 degrees C rise above ambient at its warmest po t. VVinding Taps, Transformers Less than 15 kVA: Two 5 percent below rated voltage, full capacity taps on primary winding. Winding Taps, Transformers 15 kVA and Larger: Two 2 1/2 percent below and two 2 1/2 percent above rated voltage, full capacity taps on primary winding. D. Sound Levels: Maximum noise level as follows: kVA Rating Noise Level Decibels 0- 9 40 10- 50 45 51 - 150 50 151 - 300 55 Basic Impulse Level: 10 kV for transformers less than 300 kVA; 30 kV for transformers 300 kVA and larger. Fe Ground core and coil assembly to enclosure by means of a visible flexible copper grounding strap. Mounting: Provide transformers 75 kVA and below suitable for wall, floor or trapeze mounting; transformers larger than 75 kVA suitable for floor mounting. Coil Conductors: Continuous copper or aluminum windings with terminations welded or brazed to ends of the windings. Core: High grade, non-aging silicon steel with high magnetic permeability. J. Isolate core and coil from enclosure using vibration absorbing mounts. K. Nameplate: Include transformer connection data. 16461 - 2 C&B 952132010 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Set transformer plumb and level. Mount enclosure on vibration isolators to minimize noise transmission from the enclosure to supporting structure. Set floor mounted transformers at 10-degree angle to wall on a neoprene pad on housekeeping pads. B. Install transformer so that enclosure does not make contact with wall surface. C. Use flexible conduit, 2-foot minimum length, for connections to transformer case. Make conduit connectiorts to side panel of enclosure. D. Ground neutral connection to service ground per codes. 3.2 FIELD QUAUTY CONTROL A. Check for damage and tight connections prior to energizing transformer. B. Measure primary and secondary voltages and make appropriate tap adjustments. END OF SECTION 16461 -3 C&B 952132010 SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish and install service and branch circuit panelboards. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Include outline and support point dimensions, NEMA enclosure type, voltage, main bus ampacity and material, integrated short circuit ampere rating, starter and circuit breaker arrangement and sizes. 1.3 SPARE PARTS A. Keys: Furnish two keys to Owner for each panelboard, all keyed alike. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. General Electric. B. Siemens. C. Square D. D. Westinghouse. 2.2 GENERAL AJ Conform to UL standards and bear UL label. Form cabinets from code gauge galvanized steel. Form fronts of code gauge cold rolled steel bonderized after fabrication. Provide cabinet fronts with concealed hinges, concealed adjustment means and master keyed flush lock. Finish front in manufacturer's standard gray enamel. Provide with main lugs and breakers as scheduled on the drawings. Provide main lug connection to accommodate T & B compression connector on end of cable. Attach connector to panel bus with two bolts per lug. Provide captive type bolts or studs to facilitate reinstallation of the lugs with the wire attached. 16470- 1 C&B 952132010 2.3 DJ Provide all panelboarde with copper bus of the ratings scheduled and designed for all indicated devices and spaces, complete with taps and trim. Minimum integrated short circuit rating 10,000 amps RMS symmetrical for 240 voit panelboards; or as shown on the drawings. Fo Size bus bars to limit the temperature rise within the panelboard to 50 degrees C over a 40 degrees C ambient temperature. Provide adequate space and provisions for wire #6 AWG and larger conductors to terminate with compression type connector to main lugs. MAIN PANELBOARDS (1200 AMPS AND SMALLER) A. Enclosure: Type 1, unless scheduled otherwise. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: Bo.t-on type thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers, with common trip handle for all poles. Provide circuit breakers UL listed as Type SWD for lighting circuits. Provide UL Class A ground fault interrupter circuit breakers where scheduled. C. Provide plated copper grounding bus. Provide magnetic motor starters with molded case circuit breaker overcurrent protection. Magnetic Motor Starters: AC general-purpose, Class A, magnetic controller for induction motors rated in horsepower as indicated. 2. Provide accessible terminals for wiring directly from the front of the starter. Contacts: Provide silver, cadmium oxide alloy, double break, non-welding contacts which will not require filing, dressing or cleaning throughout the life of the control equipment. 4. Provide full voltage, non-reversing starteing. o Coils: Pressure molded, 120 volts, 60 hertz. Provide integral control transformer. Overload Relay: Provide bimetal overload relays in all three phases for three-phase full voltage starters. Provide overload relays of the hand reset, trip-free variety so that blocking the reset mechanism in the reset position will not prevent the motor controller from dropping out if the motor is overloaded. Capability to field convert overload relays from hand to automatic reset is unacceptable. 16470 - 2 C&B 952132010 2.4 Auxiliary Contacts: Provide each starter with the required auxiliary contacts for the control functions indicated and required, including the holding interlock and pilot light interlocks plus two additional contacts, field convertible to normally closed or normally open NEMA ICS 2 controls. Provide capability to add auxiliary contacts without removing existing wiring or removing the controller from its enclosure. Selector Switches: HAND/OFF/AUTO for HAND/OFF/AUTO with FAST/SLOW selector motors; in front cover. single-speed motors; switch for two-speed Indicating Ughts: RUN; red for single-speed motors; FAST/SLOW; red/ember for two-speed motors (push to test type) in front cover. Operate pilot lights by separate interlock not placed across the holding coil. 10. Control Power Transformers: Provide integral 120 volt secondary control transformer with both primary and secondary fuses for each controller. BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Ughting and Appliance Branch Circuit Panelboards: Circuit breaker type. B. Enclosure: Type 1; unless indicated otherwise. Provide insulated neutral bus and separate copper grounding bus bonded to enclosure. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: Bolt-on type thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers, with common trip handle for all poles. Provide circuit breakers UL listed as Type SWD for lighting circuits. Provide UL Class A ground fault interrupter circuit breakers where scheduled. Ee Sequence phase all adjacent breakers. All circuit breaker connection straps shall be rated at 100 amperes minimum. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install panelboards plumb and flush with wall finishes, in conformance with NEMA PB 1.1. Mount securely to walls or structural spaces. B. Height: Install wall mounted panelboards at 6 feet to the top of the enclosure. 16470 - 3 C&B 952132010 3.2 Ce Provide filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards. Provide typewritten circuit directory for each branch circuit panelboard mounted in permanent, clear Lexan card holder located on inside of door. Prepare directories only after permanent room numbers have been assigned. Do not use room numbers shown on construction drawings. Arrange branch circuit connections in three phase lighting and appliance panelboards such that when two or three circuits are run with a common neutral, each circuit is connected to a different phase. Distribute loading on circuits in panelboards to balance the load as evenly as poastble in each phase. G. Terminate only one conductor under each lug of branch circuit breakers. H. Do not make splices or taps in panelboard gutters. FIELD QUAUTY CONTROL Inspect for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage, and grounding. Check proper installation and tightness of connections for circuit breakers. END OF SECTION 16470 - 4 C&B 952132010 SECTION 16505 UGHTING FIXTURES - BUILDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish and install light fixtures associated with building, including: 1.2 SUBMITTALS Interior luminaires and accessories. Include product data for fixtures, including photometric data, reflectance, lens, lamps, ballasts, poles and lighting control. Provide operation and maintenance manual. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS Ughting Fixtures 1. Manufacturers of individual lighting fixtures shall be as scheduled on Drawings, and indicate quality and design features required. 2. Products of other manufacturers will be considered upon submittal of proper data. Refer to Section 16011 for manufacturer's responsibility to A/E for approval of substitutes. Lamps 1. General Electric. 2. Phillips. 3. Sylvania. 4. Venture. 5. Westinghouse. Ballasts 1. Advance. 2. Universal. 3. Valmont. C&B 952132010 2.2 2.3 GENERAL Provide lighting fixtures of the size, type and rating indicated, complete with lamps, lamphoiders, reflectors, ballasts, starters, wiring and accessories. for each intended use. It is generally intended that rooms of similar usage and configuration will have similar fixture types. Where fixture type is not indicated, it is the duty of the Contractor to request clarification prior to proceeding with the work. INTERIOR LUMINAIRES AND ACCESSORIES Fluorescent Luminaires 1. Provide fixtures of code gauge steel, painted after fabrication. F*~xtures using pre-painted steel will not be accaptabie. Provide lensed fixtures with a 0.125 inch minimum thick, 9 oz./SF, virgin acrylic, KSH-12 lens unless otherwise indicated. Brightness not to exceed 600 foot lamberts at 75 degrees and 85 degrees. Provide corrosion resistant fixtures es scheduled. Provide end caps, corner, tee and sections with trim for suspended fixture arrangement. 2.4 LAMPS F40T12 Fluorescent Lamps 1. Cool white, 34 watts, nominally rated 2,800 lumens, 4100 K, energy efficient type. 2.5 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS Ao Fluorescent Ballasts: High power factor type, Class P, energy saving, 'A' sound rating unless otherwise indicated. B. 430 ma Lamp Ballasts: Rapid start, premium type. C. Minus 20 degrees F rating when used in exterior or unheated areas. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION Support surface-mounted luminaires to ceiling using bOlts, screws, or approved clips. C&B 9521~10 3.2 Co FIELD A. Co Ins, taJi recessed luminsires with proper frames in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Support pendant or bracket fixtures as indicated and as recommended by manufacturer for job conditions encountered. Install lamps in luminaires and lampholders. QUALITY CONTROL Coordinate receipt and installation of all fixtures with regard to the overall schedule of the project. Align luminalres and clean lenses and diffusers at completion of work. Clean paint splatters, dirt and debris from installed luminaires. Demonstrate proper operation of all luminaires and controls. END OF SECTION C&B 952132010 SECTION F STANDARD CONTRACT FORMS C&B 952132010 This document has important legal consequences: consultation with an attorney is encouraged with reslxct to Lompletion or modi~.ntion. STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR ON THE BASIS OF A STIPULATED PRICE Prepared by ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITEEE and issued and Publishcd Jointly By PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE A i~ractice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN CONSULTING ENGINEERS COUNCIL AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS INSTITUTE This document has been approved and endorsed by Associated General Contractor~ of America This Standard Form of Agreement has been prepared for use with the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. {No. 1910-8} 11990 Edition}. Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the others. The suggested language for instructions to bidders contained in the Guide to the Preparation of Instructions to Bidders. t No. 1910-12) ( 1990 EditionJ is also carefully interrelated with the language of this Agreement. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the Commentary on Agreements for Engineering Services and Contract Documents. {No. 1910-91 ( 1986 Edition}. See also Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions. {No. 1910-17) (1990 Edition). F. JCDC No. 1910-8-A-I (1990 Edition} No~ to Urn' Certain states and federal a~encies require provisions in public contracts which permit Contractors to deposit acceptable securities with Owner or a stakeholder in lieu of retaina~e. Many Owners will not accept this procedure except where required by Laws or Regulations. in the event such a procedure is required, the provisions of this Agreement and possibly those of the other Contract Documents dealin~ with retain~e should be amended, and an attorney should be consulted to prepare the revised langu~e. Among the issues to be addressed by such languase are: initial and subsequent valuations of the securities, right to withdraw excess collateral and obligation to deposit additional collateral as market value changes, who is entitled to interest and dividends on deposited collateral, responsibilities of stakeholder, whether collateral may be freely sold in the event of Contractor default and method of such sale. and application of Uniform Commercial Code and state and federal security laws to the arrangement. 1990 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street. Alexandria. VA 22314-2715 American Consulting Engineers Counctl 1015 15th Street. N.W.. Washington. DC 20005 American Society of Civil Engineers 345 East 47th Street. New York. NY 10017 Construction Specifications Institute 001 Madison Street. Alexandria. VA 2~14 KICDC STANDARD FORM OF AGREF. MF.,,WT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR ON THE BASIS OF A STIPULATED PRICE TH~ AGREEMENT is dated as of the year 19 by and between day of in the (hereinafter called OWNER) and (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR}. OWNER and CONTRACTOR. in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article !. WORK. CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work us ~,pecified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is ~enerally descnbed as follows: The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is generally described as follows: Article 2. ENGINEER. The Project has been designed by who is hereinafxer called ENGINEER and who is to act as OWNER's representative, assume all duties and responsiblities and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ~ ~. Co~vrRAc~ T~4ZS. 3.1 The Work will be substantially completed on or before , 19 .. and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with para~ 14.13 of the General Conditions on or before .19 .. 3. ! The Work will be substantially completed within days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in paragraph 2.3 of the General Conditions. and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions within days aRer the date when the Contract Times commence to run. 3.2 Liquidated Damages. OWN ER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3. ! above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof. OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty~ CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER for each dav that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3. ! for Substantial dollars IS - ) ' ' ...... ~- ~----ntial Comnletion if CONTRACTOR Completion until the Work is .~ubstantially comptete. ,~,~tcr ~uu~,,~ ,- · ~hall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the time specified in paragraph 3.1 for ~omptetion and readiness for final payment or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER dollars ¢5 _ ) for each day that expires alter the time specified in paragraph 3. I for completion and readiness for final payment. [ Where failure to reach ti Milestone on t.ne is of sttct~ conseqttence to OWNER that the assessment of liquidated damages is to be provided, appropriate amendine or supplementing language should be inserted here.] fStrike tiny of the above paragraphs that are inapplicablet Amde 4. CONTRACT PRICE. OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents an amount in current funds equal to the sum of the amounts determined pursuant to paragraphs 4. I and 4.2 below: 4. I for all Work other than Unit Price Work. a Lump Sum of: ($ ) (use words! fiBur~s All specific cash allowances are included in the above price and have been computed in accordance with paragraph 11.8 of the Gcncrai Conditions: plus 4.2 for all Unit Price Work. an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identifed item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of that imm as indicated in this para~al~ 4.2: UNIT PRICE WORK ESTIMATED UNIT TOTAL NO. ITEM UNIT QUANTITY PRICE ESTIMATED TOTAL OF ALL UNIT PRICES $ (dollar~ IU~ ,~ provided in p~-ag~ph i 1.9 of the General Conditions c~umated auunUtic.% are not guaranteed, and determinal4ons o1' actual quantities and classification ute to be made b.v ENGINEER ~ provided in paragraph 9.10 of the GencraJ Conditions. Unit prices have been computed as provided in put _agraph 11.9.2 of the General Conditions. 'lin special circt#h.~tances, the Bid !nay be attached to avoid e.~'te.sive retypin.u. See paraeraph 13. I0 below. Any e.rhibits attached shoald be listed in Artwle 8.] Ill adjttstment prices for rariations from stipulated Base Bid q.antities have been agreed to. insert appropriate prorisicms. See Sttc,.L, ested Bid Form Partt~.,rttph 4 tt~td Co,t!~tettt I.] .-~rtidt ~. PAYMENT PROCEDURF~. ~CTOR shall submit ,a ~ns for Payment will I Proeress Payments: 1 on' the basi~ of CON t the . d; ~. All such payments ;ral Conditions (and i; t there is no schedule 5.1.1. Prior to Subsu percentage indicated I such amounts as ENC 14.7 of the General C completed us dete~ ~atisfactory to O~ determine that as ~ be no additional ~ payments prior to Work (but deliver, provided in parag '~ I" Upon Substat TOR to __-------- ENGINEER shall ~ General Conditions. ~ Final Pa the Gcner E~GIiEER as provided in '~uid oaragraph 14.1~3. cONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5. !. Pro.eress Payments: Rcminaee. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Applications for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, on or about the . day of each month during construction as provided in paragraphs 5. l. I. and :5.1.2. below. All such payments will be measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.9 of the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completedt or, in the event there is no schedule of values, as provided in the General Requirements. 5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion. progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but. in each case. less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions. % of Work completed (with the balance being retainagel, if Work has been completed us determined by ENGINEER. and if thc character and progress of the Work have been ~atisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER. OWNER. on recommendation of ENGINEER. may determine that as long as the character and progress or' the Work rema~n satisfactory to them. there will be no additional retmnatze on account of Work ~ompleted. in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the Work completed. % (with the balance being retalnage) of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory, to OWNER as provided in paragraph 14.'. of the General Conditionsi. 5.1.2. Upon Substantial Completion. in an amount sufficient to increase total payments to CONTRAC- Tog to ~ of the Contract Price (with the balance being retainagel, less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the 5.2. Final Pa.vment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions. OWNER shall pay the remainder or' the Contract Price as recommended by All moneys not paid when due as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions shall beat interest at the maximum rate allowed by law at the place of the Project. Article 7. CONTRACIOR'S REPRESENTATIONS. In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 7.1. CONTRACTOR has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents 6ncluding the Addenda listed in paragraph 8) and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents including "technical data." 7.2. CONTRACTOR has visited the site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local and site conditions that may affect cost. progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 7.3. CONTRACTOR is familiar with and is satisfied as to ali federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost. progress, performance and furnishing of the Work. ?..~. CONTRACTOR has carefully studied all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site and ali drawings or' physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface ~tmctures at or contiguous to the site lexcept Underground F.~cilities) ~hich have been identified in the Supplementary. Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2.1 or' the General Conditions. CONTRACTOR accepts the determination set forth in paragraph SC-4.2 of the Supplementary. Conditions of the extent of the · 'technical data" contained in such repons and drawings upon which CONT~R is entitled to rely as provided in paragraph 4?. of the General Conditions. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents and may not be complete for CONTRACTOR's purposes. CONTRAC- 'FOR acknowledges that OWNER and ENGINEER do not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for having done so~ all such additional supplementary examinations, investigations. explorations, tests, studies and data concerning conditions tsurface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost. progress, performance or furnishing of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. CONTRACTOR does not consider that any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests. ,tudies or data are necessary, tbr the pen'ormance and furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price. within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions ot the Contract Documents. 7.5. CONTRACTOR is aware of the general nature of work to be p~rtbrmed by OWNER and others at the site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. .'..6. CONTRACTOR has correlated the intbrmation known to CONTRACTOR. information and observa- tions obtained from visits to the site. reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies and data with the Contract Documents. ?.?. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice or'all conflicts, errors, ambiguities or discrepan- cies that CONTIL-~CTOR has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. and the Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for ~rformance and furnishing of the Work. .~'lk~ 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the following: 8.1. This Agreement (pa~¢s I to _. inctusive). 8.2. Exhibits to this Agreement {pages to . inclusivel. 8.3. Performance. Payment. and other Bonds. identified as exhibits and consisting of~ pages. 8.4. Notice to Proceed. 8.$. General Conditions {pages ~ to .... inclusive). 8.6. Supplementary. Conditions <pages . to .. inclusiveL 8.7. Specifications bearing the title and consisting of ~ divisions and ~ pages, as listed in table of contents thereof. ~.8. Drawings consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered ~ through . inclusive with each sheet bearing the following general title: /Fill in. and. it'a set of' Dra,',~e.~' i.~' no~ anac'twd to eat'ti .s'i~ned COlltllerrltlrl o.l',~ ~,reemem. .~'o indicate in which case OWNER and CONTRACTOR shotdd initial or othencise appropriatel)' identi~.' each Drawme.] 8.9. Addenda numbers to ~. inclusive. [Those Addenda which pertain exclusively to the bidding process need not be listed.] 8.10.CONTRACTOR's Bid ipages _ to . inclusive! marked exhibit . · [Attach aCtttCti Bid otdy itt special circ,mstances.] 8.11. Documentation submitted by CONTRACTOR prior to Notice of Award I pages ~ to .. inclu.~ive I. Date of the Agreement and arc not , . I_. The t'ollowin~ which may be delivcred or i~.~ued after the Effective attached hereto: Ail Written Amendments -,nd other documents amending, modifying or su0plementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraptts 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions. The documents listed in paragraphs 8.2 et seq. above are attached to this Agreement ~except as expressly noted otherwise above~. There ute no Contract Documents other than tho~e listed above in this Article 13. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or ~upplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions. ,~a~ick 9. MISCELLANEOUS. 9. I. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9.2. No assignment by a party hereto of uny rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound: and. speci~cally but without limitation, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent lexcept to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by lawL and unless specifically stated to the contrary, in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from uny duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 9.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representa- tives to the other party hereto, it.~ partner.~..~uccessor~, a~signs and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 9.4. Any provision or part of' the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed .~tncken. and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and bindin~ upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR. ~ho agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such ,tricken provision or par1 thereol' with a vulid und entbrceable provision that comes a~ close as possible to cxpre.'~.%ing the intention ol' the %tricken provi%ion. 9.5 OTHER PROVISIONS. I I.sert ,,ther prm'isio..~' here (f applicable.I IN WITNESS WHEREOF. OWNER and CONTRACTOR have .~igned this Agreement in triplicate. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER. CONTRAC'TOR and ENGINEER· All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed, initialed or identified by OWNER and CONTRACTOR or identified by ENGINEER on their behalf. This Agreement will be effective on Effective Date of the AgreemenO. OWNER CONTRACTOR · 19~ (which i~ the By: {CORPORATE SEAL~ Attest Address for giving notices By: {CORPORATE SEALI Attest Address for giving notices License No. ~[f OWNER is a public body. attach evidence of authority to sign and resolution or other documents authorizing execution of Agreement. Agent for service of process: {If CONTRACTOR is a corporation, attach evidence of authority to signL Construction Payment Bond Any singular reference to the Contractor. Surety. Owner or other part.__~y shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business): OWNER {Name and Address): CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: Amount Description (Name and Location): BOND Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Datel: Amount: Modifications to this Bond Form: CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company: SURETY (Corp. Seat~ Company: ICorp. Seal{ Signature: Name and Title: Signature: Name and Title: CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company: SURETY (Corp. Seal) Company: tCorp. Seal) Signature: Name and Title: Signature: Name and Title: EJCDC No. 191.0-28B ti _9~4 Edi. ti.on{.. - --.'- -, America. E-'meets Jan, Contract Documents Comnuttee. Contractms. !. With respect m the (:~. this oblilation ~ he null and void if the Cmaract~. 2. I. INx)mpdy makes payment, directly or indb~cdy, for all sums due 2.2. Defends. indemnifies and holds han~ the Owner from claims. demands, liens or suits by any person or entity whose claim. demand, lien or suit is for payment for labor, matemls or equipment furnished for use in the performamm of the Consuuction Contras. Sumy (at the ndd~ described in Paralra~h 12) of any clairol denmnds, liens or suits and tendered defense of such claims. denmnds, liens or suits to the Contractor and the Surety. and p~ there is no Owner Default. With r~pect to Claimants, this obiisabon shall be null and void if the ~onUactor promptly makes paymont, direcdy or indirectly, for all sums due. 4. The Surety shall have no obligabon lo Clainmnts under this Bond until: 4. I. Claimants who a~ employed by or have a direct contract with the Co4~tractor have given no(ice to the Surety tat the add~ descnhed in Faragraph 12! and sent a copy. or no(K:e theretK, to the Owner. ,taun$ that a claim is being made under this Bond and. with ~ul)Slantsal accuracy, the amount of the cimm. 4.2. Claimants who do not have a direct contract with the Contractor:. I. Have furnished written nooce to the Contractor and sent a copy. or notice thereof, to the Owner. within gO days after havinl ~ performed labor or last furnished materials or equil~t in- cluded in the claim statinl, with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim and the name of the party to wigan the materials were furnished or supplied or for whom the labor was done or 2. Have either received a rejection in whole or in piti from the Conltactor. or not received within ~ days of furnishinl the above notice any conu~unicalion from the Contractor by which the Contractor has indicated the claim will he paKI directly or indirectly: and 3. Not havinl been paid within the above 30 days. have sent a written notice to the Surety tat the address described in Para- graph 121 and sent a copy. or no,ce thereo(, to the Owner. stating that a claim is being made under thts Bond and enclosing a copy of the previous written no, ice furnished to the Contractor. ~. |f a notice required by Pa~ 4 is given by the Owner to the Contractor or t~) the Surety, that is sufficient comphance. 6. When the Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paralral)h 4. the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take the followinl actions: 6. I. Send an answer to the Claimant. w~th a copy to the Owner. within 45 days after receipt of the claim, staun! the amounts that are undisputed and that basis for challenging any amounts that arc disputed. 6.2. Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. 7. The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond. and the amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety. 8. Amo4mts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract shall be used for the performance of the ConstructiOn Contract and tO satisfy claims, f any. under any Construction Performance Bond. By the obi' ' of the Coaltlctor tlult ate u (Id' tr~t.~lltTTeSThe O:ffr shall not be liable for payment of --Y cuets or 'xIX"mas any Claimant unc~' this Bond. and shill have under this Bond no ~ tO make payments to. give noOces on behalf of. or mhef~4se have oblisa- ttmu to CJaimams under this Bond. 10. The Surly hereby waives notice of any chauee, indudinl chanles of time. to the Con~ructica Contract or to related subcanlrm:~ pu,~,~,~ I I. No sUSt or actioa shall be commenced by a Chinum under this Baml other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in the Jocatioa in which the work or part of the wodt is located of afb. er the exl~atioa ofoee year from the date t I) on which the Claimant Save the notice required by ~ ~.l or Clause 4.2 (iii). or ¢2) on which the test labor or service was pafl'ormnd by anyone or the Wast materials or equipment were fuflmhed by anyone under the Constructma Contract. whichever of 41) or (2) f~t accu~. Il'the provisions of tbs Parapa~ are void or prohibited by law. the mininmm pennd of linUtst~on avmlable to sureties as a defense m the jurisd,ctton of the ~uit shall be applieable. i~...,qmme to the Surety. the Owner or the Contractor shall be mmied or delivesed to the address shown on the signature paee. Actual rece~ notice by Surety. the Owner or the Contractor. however Iccomldished. shall be su~cient com~iance as of the date received at the address shown on the qigimtnre When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a ststulaey or i~med, any pmvUion in the Bond conflk:tinl with said smuto~/or leld hereto. The intent is. thai this Bond shall be consm)ed as a ststmmT band and ml as a comnma law bond. 14. Upon requeg by any parson or entity appeahnl to he a po(mid bens6cim'y of this Bond. the Contractm shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shalJ permit a copy to be made. I.<. DEFINITIONS 15. I. Claimam: An individual or cnmy having a direct contract with thc Contractor or with a sul:icontractor of the Contractor to furmsh labor, mater.s or equipment for use in the performance of the Contract. Thc intent of this Bond shall be to inchMe without limitation in the terms "labor. materials or equiptnem" that pan of wnm'. las. power, light, heat. oil. psoline, telephone ser~ce or reflLal equil:wllent used iff the ConstroctJofl Col~rect. architectural and en~neenns services required for perfornmnce of the wot~ of the Contractor and the Contractor's subonmractors, and all oder items for which a mechanic's lien may be assefled in the jurudic* lion where the labor, materials or equipment were furnished. 15.~_. Coflstructio~ Contract: Thc agreement between the Owner and the Contractor identified on the signature page. including ail Contra:t Documcms and changes thereto. 1~.3. Owner Default: Failure of the Owner. which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Contractor as required by the Construction Coflu'act or Io perform and complete or comply wKh the other terms thereof. (FOR INFORMATION ONLY--Name. Address and Telephone) AGENT or BROKER: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or other party): SECTION G GENERAL CONDITIONS C&B 952132010 This document has important legal consequences: consultation with an attorney is cncouragea respect to its completion or modification. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee and Issued and Published Jointly By % c,wL I ~mu,,oco~' PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE A practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN CONSULTING ENGINEERS COUNCIL AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS INSTITUTE This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated Gen~tractors of America These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Owner-Contractor Agreements (No. 1910-8-A-I or 1910-8-A-2) ( 1990 Editionsl. Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the others. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the Commentary on Agreements for Engineering Services and Contract Documents (No. 1910-9) ( 1986 Edition). For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions. see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (No. 1910-17) (1990 Edilion). When bidding is involved, the Standard Form of Instructions to Bidders (No. 1910-12) (1990 Editionl may b~ used. EJCDC No. 1910-8 ( 1990 Edilion) Reprinted 5/91 © 1990 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street. Alexandria. VA 22314 American Consulting Engineers Council 1015 15th Street, N.W,, Washington. DC 20005 American Society of Civil Engineers 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017 Construction Specifications Institute 601 Madison St., Alexandria, VA 22314 TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS Article or Paragraph Number & Title I. DEFINITIONS ................................... Page Number 13 13 I. I Addenda ............................. 13 1.2 Agreement ........................... 1.3 Application for PaYment .............. 13 1.4 Asbestos ............................. 13 1.5 Bid ................................... 13 1,6 Bidding Documents ................... 13 1.7 Bidding Requirements ................ 13 !,8 Bonds ................................ 13 1.9 Change Order ........................ 13 I. 10 Contract Documents .................. 13 i. I I Contract Price ........................ 13 I. 12 Contract Times ....................... 13 13 I. 13 CONTRAC'I~R ...................... 13 i. 14 defective ............................. 1.15 Drawings ............................. 13 I. 16 Effective Date of the Agreement ...... 13 1.17 ENGINEER .......................... 13 1.18 ENGINEER's Consultant ............. 13 1.19 Field Order ........................... 13 1.20 General Requirements ................ 14 14 1.21 Hazardous Waste ..................... 1.22 Laws and Regulations; Laws or 14 Regulations ........................ i .23 Liens ................................. 14 1.24 Milestone ............................. 14 1.25 Notice of Award ...................... 14 14 1.26 Notice to Proceed .................... ! .27 OWNER ............................. 14 1.28 Partial Utilization ..................... 14 1.29 P(2Bs ................................. 14 14 1.30 Patroleum ............................ 1.31 Project ............................... 14 1.32 Radioactive Material .................. 1.33 Resident Project Representative ....... 14 !.34 Samples .............................. 14 14 1.35 Shop Drawings ....................... 1.36 Specifications ......................... 14 14 1.37 Subcontractor ........................ 1.38 Substantial Completion ............... I !.39 Supplementary Conditions ............ 14 1.40 Supplier .............................. 14 1.41 Underground Facilities ................ 14 1.42 Unit Price Work ...................... 14 1.43 Work ................................. I !.44 Work Change Directive ............... 15 1.45 Written Amendment .................. 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS ...................... 15 15 2. ! Delivery of Bonds .................... 2.2 Copies of Documents ................. 15 2.3 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed .................. 15 2.4 Starting the Work ..................... 15 Article or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number 2.5-2.7 Before Starting Construction: CONTRACTOR's Responsibility to Report: Preliminary Schedules: Delivery of Certificates of 15 Insurance .......................... 2.8 Preconstruction Conference ........... 15 2.9 Initially Acceptable Schedules ......... 16 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT. AMENDING, REUSE ............................ 16 16 3. 1-3.2 Intent ................................ 3.3 Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies; Reporting and Resolving 16 Discrepancies ...................... 3.4 Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives .. 17 3.5 Amending Contract Documents ....... 17 3.6 Supplementing Contract Documents ... 17 3.7 Reuse of Documents .................. 17 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CON DITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS. 17 4.1 4.2 4.2.1 4.2.2 4.2.3 4.2.4 4.2.5 4.2.6 4.3 4.3.1 4.3.2 4.4 4.5 Availability of Lands .................. 17 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ... 17 Reports and Drawings ................ 17 Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized; Technical Data ......... 18 Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ................. 18 ENGINEER's Review ................ 18 Possible Contract Documents Change . 18 Possible Price and Times Adjustments . 18 Physical Conditions--Underground 18 Facilities ........................... Shown or Indicated ................... 18 Nol Shown or Indicated .............. 19 Reference Points ...................... 19 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum. Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material ...... 19 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE ..................... 20 20 5.1-5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 5.10 5.11 Performance, Payment and Other Bonds. Licensed Sureties and Insurers: Certificates of Insurance ............ 20 CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance . 20 OWNER's Liability Insurance ........ 21 Property Insurance ................... 21 Boiler and Machinery or Additional Property Insurance ................ 21 Notice of Cancellation Provisions .... 21 CONTRACTOR's Responsibility for Deductible Amounts ................ 22 Other Special Insurance ............... 22 Waiver of Rights ...... : .............. 22 Article or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number 5.12-5.13 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds ........................... 22 5.14 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace ................. 22 5.15 Partial Utilization--Property Insurance .......................... 6. CONTRACrOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES .......... 23 6. I-6.2 Supervision and Superintendence ...... 23 6.3-6.5 Labor, Materials and Equipment ...... 23 6.6 Progress Schedule .................... 23 6.7 Substitutes and "Or-Equal" Items; CONTRACTOR's Expense; 6.8-6.11 6.12 6.13 6.14 6.15 6.16 6.17 6.18 6.19 6.20 6.21 6.22 6.23 6.24 6.25 6.26 6.27 6.28 6.29 6.30 6.3 I-6.33 6.34 OTHER WORK 7.1-7.3 7.4 OWNER'S 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures; ENGINEER's Evaluation .......... 23 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others; Waiver of Rights ....... 24 Patent Fees and Royalties ............. 25 Permits ............................... 25 Laws and Regulations ................ 25 25 Taxes ................................ Use of Premises ...................... 26 Site Cleanliness ....................... 26 Safe Structural Loading ............... 26 Record Documents ................... 26 Safety and Protection ................. 26 Safety Representative ................. 26 Hazard Communication Programs ..... 27 Emergencies .......................... 27 Shop Drawings and Samples .......... 27 Submittal Procedures: CONTRACTOR's Review Prior to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal . 27 Shop Drawing & Sample Submittals Review by ENGINEER ............ 27 Responsibility for Variation From Contract Documents ................ Related Work Performed Prior to ENGINEER's Review and Approval of Required Submittals ............. Continuing the Work .................. CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee ............ Indemnification ....................... Survival of Obligations ................ 27 27 28 28 28 28 29 Related Work at Site .................. Coordination RESPONSIBILITIES ................. .-'9 Communications to Contractor ........ 29 Replacement of ENGINEER .......... 29 Furnish Data and Pay Promptly When Due ................................ 29 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests ............................... 29 Insurance ............................. 29 Article or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number 8.6 ~ Orders ....................... 29 8.7 Inspections, Tests and Approvals ...... 29 8.8 Stop or Suspend Work; Terminate CONTRACTOR's Services ......... 29 8.9 Limitations on OWNER's Responsibilities ..................... 30 8. l0 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material ...'. :. 30 8. I I Evidence of Financial Arrangements .. 9. ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION ............................... 9. I OWNER's Representative ............ 9.2 Visits to Site .......................... 30 9.3 Project Representative ................ 30 9.4 Clarifications and Interpretations ...... 30 9.5 Authorized Variations in Work ........ 30 9.6 Rejecting Defective Work ............. 30 9.7-9.9 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments .......................... 3 I 9.10 Determinations for Unit Prices ........ 3 I 9.1 !-9.12 Decisions on Disputes; ENGINEER as Initial Interpreter ................... 31 9.13 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities ...... 31 10. CHANGES 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 i I. CHANGE 11.1-11.3 IN THE WORK ..................... 32 OWNER Ordered Change ............ 32 Claim for Adjustment ................. 32 Work Not Required by Contract Documents ......................... 32 Chan~e Orders Notification of Surety ................. 32 OF CONTRACT PRICE .............. 32 Contract Price; Claim for Adjustment; Value of the Work .................. Cost of the Work ..................... Exclusions to Cost of the Work ....... CONTRACTOR's Fee ................ Cost Records ......................... Cash Allowances ..................... Unit Price Work ...................... 32 11.4 33 11.5 34 11.6 34 11.7 34 11.8 35 11.9 35 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES .............. 35 12. ! Claim for Adjustment ................. 35 12.2 Time of the Essence .................. 35 12.3 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR's 35 Control ............................ 12.4 Delays Beyond OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's Control .......... 35 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION. REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK .......................................... 36 13. I Notice of Defects ..................... 36 13.2 Access to the Work ................... 36 13.3 Tests and inspections: Contractor's Cooperation ........................ 36 Anicle or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number 13.4 OWNER's Responsibilities; Independent Testing Labocatory .... 36 13.5 CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities ..... 36 13.6-13.7 CoveringWork Prior to Inspection. Testing or Approval ................ 36 13.8-13.9 Uncovering Work at ENGINEER's Request ............................ 36 13.10 OWNER May Stop the Work ......... 36 13.11 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ............................... 37 13. i 2 Correction Period ..................... 13. i 3 Acceptance of Defective Work ........ 37 13.14 OWNER May Correct Defective Work ............................... 37 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRAC'I~R AND COMPLETION ................................. 14.1 14.2 14.3 14.4-14.7 14.8-14.9 14.10 14.11 Schedule of Values .................... Application for Pro~'ess Payment ..... CONTRAL"I~R's Warranty of Title ... Review of Applications for Progress Payments ................. Substantial Completion ............... Partial Utilization ..................... Final Inspection .................... 37 37 38 38 38 39 39 39 Article or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number 14.12 Final Application for Payment ......... 40 14.13-14.14 Final Payment and Acceptance ........ 40 14.15 Waiver of Claims ..................... 40 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION ................................ 40 15.1 OWNER May Suspend Work ......... 40 15.2-15.4 OWNER May Terminate .............. 40 15.5 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or 41 Terminate .......................... 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION ....................... 41 17. MISCELLANEOUS ............................. 42 17. I Giving Notice ........................ 42 17.2 Computation of Times ................ 42 17.3 Notice of Claim ....................... 42 17.4 Cumulative Remedies ................. 42 17.5 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included ........................... 42 EXHIBIT GC-A (Optional): Dispute Resolution Agreement ~Optional~ ..... GC-AI 16.1-16.6 Arbitration .................... GC-AI 16.7 Mediation ..................... GC-A2 - I ' 1 INDEX TO GENERAL CONDITIONS Article or Paragraph Number Acceptance Bonds and Insurance ................................ 5.14 defective Work ....................... 10.4.1. 13.13. 13.15 final payment ................................. 9.12. 14.15 insurance ...........................................5.14 other Work, by CONTRACTOR ...................... 7.3 Substitutes and "Or-Equal" Items .................. 6.7.1 Work by OWNER ........................ 2.5, 6.30. 6.34 Access to thet Lands. OWNER and CONTRACTOR responsibilities ..................................... 4. I site. related work .................................... 7.2 Work ................................... 13.2, 13.14, 14.9 Acts or Omissionst. Acts and Omissions-- CONTRACTOR ............................ 6.9.1.9.13.3 6.20. 9.13.3 ENGINEER ................................ OWNER ....................................... 6.20.8.9 Addenda---definition of lalso see definition of Specifications~ ........... t 1.6. I. 10, 6.191 I. I Additional Property Insurances ......................... 5.7 Adjustments Contract Price or Contract Times ......... 1.5.3.5, 4. I, 4.3.2.4.$.2.4.5.3, 9.4.9.5, 10.2-10.4. II, 12, 14.8, 15.1 progress schedule .................................... 6.6 Agreement~ definition of .......................................... 1.2 All risk Insurance, policy form ........................ 5.6.2 Allowances. Cash ..................................... 11.8 Amending Contract Documents ......................... 3.5 Amendment. Written~ in general .... 1.10, !.45.3.5.5.10.5.12, 6.6.2, 6.8.2, 6.19. 10.1. 10.4. 11.2. 12.1. 13.12.2. 14.7.2 Appeal. OWNER or CONTRACTOR intent to ...................... 9.10.9.11. 10.4. 16.2. 16.5 Application for Payment~ definition of .......................................... 1.3 ENGINEER's Responsibility ......................... 9.9 final payment .................. 9.13.4.9.13.5. 14.12-14.15 in general ....................... 2.8.2.9. 5.6.4.9.10. 15.5 progress payment ............................. 14.1. 14.7 review of ...................................... 14.4-14.7 Arbitration tOptional~ ............................. 16.1-16.6 Asbestos--- claims pursuant thereto ....................... 4.5.2, 4.5.3 CONTRACTOR authorized to stop Work ........... 4.5.2 definition of .......................................... 1.4 OWNER responsibility for .................... 4.5.1.8.10 possible price and times change .................... 4.5.2 Authorized Variations in Work ........... 3.6, 6.25.6.27, 9.5 Availability of Lands ............................... 4.1, 8.4 Award. Notice of--defined ............................1.25 Before Starting Construction ........................ 2.5-2.8 Bid--definition of ...................................... 1.5 {I.I, 1.10, 2.3, 3.3.4.2.6.4.6.13. 11.4.3. 11.9.1~ Article or Paragraph Number Bidding Documents--definition of ................ 1.6 (6.8.21 Bidding Requirements---definitions of ...... 1.7 (l. I, 4.2.6.2} Bonds--- acceptance of ....................................... 5.14 additional bonds ........................... 10.5, 11.4.5.9 Cost of the Work ..................................I 1.5.4 definition of .......................................... !.8 delivery of ...................................... 2. I, 5.1 final application for payment ................. 14.12-14.14 general ............... 1.10, 5.1-5.3, 5.13.9.13.10.5, 14.7.6 performance. Payment and Other ................. 5. I-5.2 Bonds and Insurance--in general .........................5 Builder's risk "all risk" policy form ...................5.6.2 Cancellation Provisions, Insurance ........ 5.4. I I., 5.8, 5.15 Cash Allowances ...................................... 11.8 Certificate of Substantial Completion ......... 1.38, 6.30.2.3. 14.8, 14.10 Certificates of Inspection ................ 9.13.4. 13.5, 14.12 Certificates of Insurance .. 2.7.5.3.5.4.1 I. 5.4.13, 5.6.5, 5.8, ....................................... 5.14,9.13.4, 14.12 Change in Contract Price-- Cash Allowances ................................... 1 !.8 claim for price adjustment ..... 4. I, 4.2.6, 4.5, 5.15, 6.8.2. 9.4,9.5, 9.11, 10.2. 10.5, 11.2, 13.9, 13.13, 13.14, 15.1, 15.5 CONTRACTOR's fee ............................... 11.6 Cost of the Work i !.4-11.7 general ...................................... Exclusions to ....................................... i 1.5 Cost Records ....................................... 11.7 in general .............. 1.19. 1.44.9.11, 10.4.2, 10.4.3. II Lump Sum Pricing ................................ 11.3.2 Notification of Surety ............................... 10.5 Scope of ....................................... 10.3-10.4 Testing and Inspection. Uncovenng the Work ........ 13.9 Unit Price Work .................................... 11.9 Value of Work ...................................... 11.3 Change in Contract Times~ Claim for times adjustment .... 4.1.4.2.6, 4.5.5.15, 6.8.2. 9.4,9.5.9.11. 10.2. 10.5. 12.1, 13.9. 13.13. 13.14, 14.7, 15.1, 15.5 Contractual time limits .............................. 12.2 Delays beyond CONTRACTOR's control ............ 12.3 Delays beyond OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's con- trol ............................................... 12.4 Notification of surety ............................... 10.5 Scope of change ............................... 10.3-10.4 Change Orders-- Acceptance of Defective Work ..................... 13.13 Amending Contract Documents ...................... 3.5 Cash ALlowances ................................... Il.8 Change of Contract Price ............................. I I Change of Contract Times ............................ 12 Changes in the Work .................................. l0 CONTRACTOR's fee ............................... I 1.6 Cost of the Work ............................... I 1.4.-I 1.7 4 Article or Paragraph Number .............. Il.7 Cost R~cords ......................... 1.9 definition of .......................................... emergencies ........................................ 6.23 ENGINEER's responsibility ......... 9.8, 10.4, 11.2. 12.1 10.4 execution of ........................................ Indemnification ..................... 6.12, 6.16. 6.31,6.33 Insurance, Bonds and ................... 5.10.5.13, 10.5 OWNER may terminate ........................ 15.2-15.4 OWNER's Responsibility ....................... 8.6, 10.4 Physical Conditions-- 4.2 Subsurface and ...................................... Underground Facilities ...........................4.3.2 .. 6.19 Record Documents ............................... 10.3-10.4 Scope of Change ............................... 6.7.3, 6.8.2 Substitutes ................................... 11.9 Unit Price Work .................................... value of Work, covered by .......................... I 1.3 Changes in the Work ...................... 10.5 Notification of surety ............................... OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's responsibilities .... 10.4 10.2 Right to an adjustment .............................. 10.3-10.4 Scope of change ............................... Claims-- .6.16 against CONTRACTOR ............................ 6.32 against ENGINEER ................................ 6.32 against OWNER .................................... Change of Contract Price ....................... 9.4. I 1.2 Change of Contract Times ...................... 9.4. 12.1 CONTRAC'I~R's 4.7.1.9.4.9.5.9.11. 10.2.11.2. 11.9. 12.1. 14.8.15.1. 15.5.17.3 11.6 CONTRACTOR's Fee .............................. CONTRACTOR's liability ............ 5.4.6.12.6.16. 6.31 Cost of th~ Work .............................. 11.4, 11.5 Decisions on Disputes ......................... 9. I Dispute Resolution .................................. 16. I Dispute Resolution Agreement .................. 16.1-16.6 ENGINEER as initial interpretor .................... 9.11 Lump Sum Pricing ................................ 11.3.2 17.3 Notice of ........................................... OWNER's ........... 9.4.9.5,9.11. 10.2. 11.2. 11.9. 12.1. 13.9, 13.13. 13.14. 17.3 OWNER's liability ................................... 5.5 OWNER may refuse to make payment .............. 14.7 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included .......... 17.5 request for formal decision on ....................... 9. I Substitute items .................................. 6.7.1.2 Time Extension ..................................... 9.11, 12.1 Time requirements ............................ Unit Price Work .................................. 11.9.3 11.3 Value of ............................................ Waiver of---on Final Payment ................ 14.14. 14.1.~ Work Change Directive ............................. written notice required ................... 9.1 I. 11.2. 12.1 Clarifications and Interpretations ............ 3.6.3.9.4.9. II 6.17 Clean Site ............................................ Codes of Technical Society. Organization or 3.3.3 Association ...................................... Commencement of Contract Times ..................... 2.3 Communications-- Article or Paragraph Number general .................................... 6.2, 6.9.2, 8. I Hazard Communication Programs ................... 6.22 Completion--- Final Application for Payment ...................... 14.12 Final Inspection ................................... 14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance ............... 14. i 3-14.14 Partial Utilization .................................. 14.10 Substantial Completion ................... 1.38, 14.8-14.9 Waiver of Claims .................................. 14.15 Computation of Times ........................ 17.2. !-17.2.2 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others ............................ 6.8-6. II Conferencerr-- initially acceptable schedules ......................... 2.9 pmconstruction ...................................... 2.8 Conflict, Error, Ambiguity, Discrepancy-- CONTRACrOR to Report ..................... 2.5, 3.3.2 Construction, before starting by CONTRACTOR .... 2.5-2.7 Construction Machinery, Equipment, etc ................ 6.4 Continuing the Work ............................. 6.29. 10.4 Contract Documents-- 3.5 Amending ........................................... 5. I Bonds ............................................... 11.8 Cash Allowances ................................... Change of Contract Price ............................. I I Change of Contract Times ............................ 12 Changes in the Work ........................... 10.4-10.5 ch~n:k and verify ..................................... 2.5 Clarifications and Interpretations ....... 3.2, 3.6, 9.4, 9.11 definition of ........................................ 1.10 ENGINEER as initial interpreter of ................. 9.11 ENGINEER as OWNER's representative ............ 9.1 3 general ................................................ 5.3 Insurance ............................................ 3. I-3.4 Intent ............................................ minor variations in the Work ......................... 3.6 OWNER's responsibility to furnish data .............. 8.3 OWNER's responsibility to make prompt payment ....................... 8.3, 14.4, 14.13 3.1, 3.3.3 precedence .................................... .... 6.19 Record Documents ............................. Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies .............................. 3.3 7.2 Related Work ........................................ Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ........... 2.5, 3.3 3.7 Reuse of ............................................. Supplementing .......... 3.6 Termination of E~iN'E~R:~'E~i~i' i 8.2 Unit Price Work .................................... Il.9 .. 3.6.6."3, 6.27 variations ............................... Visits to Site. ENGINEER's ......................... 9.2 Contract Price-- adjustment of ................ 3.5.4.1.9.4. 10.3. 11.2-11.3 II Change of ............................................ 9.11 Decision on Disputes ............................... definition of ........................................ I. I I Contract Times-- adjustment of ...................... 3.5.4.1.9.4. 10.3, 12 12.1-12.4 Change of ...................................... 5 Article or Paragraph Number Commencement of ................................... 2.3 definition of ........................................ i.12 CONTRACTOR-- Acc.~pmnc~ of Insurance ............................ 5.14 Limited Relianee on Technical Dam Authorized ..... 4.2.2 Communications ........... : ................... 6.2, 6.9.2 Continue Work ................................ 6.29, 10.4 coordination and scheduling ......................... 6.9.2 1.13 definition of ........................................ May Stop Work or Terminate ....................... 15.5 provide site access to others .................... 7.2, 13.2 Safety and Protection ....... 4.3.1.2, 6.16, 6.18, 6.21-6.23, 7.2, 13.2 Shop Drawing and Sample Review Prior to Submittal. 6.25 Stop Work requirements ........................... 4.5.2 CONTRACTOR's-- Compensation .................................. i !. I-! 1.2 Continuing Obligation .............................. 14.15 Defective Work .......................... 9.6, 13.10-13.14 Duty to correct defective Work ..................... 13.1 I Duty to Report-- Changes in the Work caused by Emergency ....................................... 6.23 Defects in Work of Others ......................... 7.3 Differing conditions .............................. 4.2.3 Discrepancy in Documents ........... 2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 Underground Facilities not indicated .............. 4.3.2 Emergencies ........................................ 6.23 Equipment and Machinery Rental, Cost of the Work ................................... i 1.4.5.3 Fee.~Cost-Plus ..................... I 1.4.5.6, i !.5. I, I ! .6 General Warranty and Guarantee .................... 6.30 Hazard Communication Programs ................... 6.22 Indemnification ...................... 6.12, 6.16, 6.31-6.33 Inspection of the Work ......................... 7.3, 13.4, Labor, Materials and Equipment .................. 6.3-6.5 l~ws and Regulations, Compliance by ............. 6.14. I Liability Insurance ................................... 5.4 Notice of Intent to Appeal ..................... 9.10. 10.4 obligation to perform and complete the Work ........ 6.30 Patent Fees and Royalties, paid for by ............... 6.12 Performance and Other Bonds ........................ 5.1 Permits, obtained and paid for by .................... 6.13 Progress Schedule ..... 2.6, 2.8, 2.9, 6.6, 6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1 Request for formal decision on disputes ............. 9. ! I Responsibilities~ Changes in the Work .............................. 10. I Concerning Subcontractors. Suppliers and Others. 6.8- 6.11 Continuing the Work ........................ 6.29, 10.4 CONTRAC'rOR's expense ....................... 6.7. I CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guaran- tee ............................................... 6.30 CONT~R's review prior to Shop Drawingor Sam- ple submitb~l ..................................... 6.25 Coordination of Work .............................. 6.9.2 6.23 Emergencies ..................................... ENGINEER's evaluation, Substitutes 6.7.3 or "Or-Equal" Items .......................... Article or Paragraph Number For Acts and Omissions of Others ..... 6.9.1-6.9.2, 9.13 for deductible amounts, insurance .................. 5.9 general ................................. 6, 7.2, 7.3, 8.9 Hazardous Communication Programs .............6.22 Indemnification ..............................6.31-6.33 Labor, Materials and Equipment ................ 6.3-6.5 Laws and Regulations ............................ 6.14 Liability Insurance ............................. ' .... 5.4 Notice of variation from Contract Documents ..... 6.27 Patent Fees and Royalties ......................... 6.12 Permits ........................................... 6.13 Progress Schedule ................................. 6.6 Record Documents ............................... 6.19 related Work performed prior to ENGINEER's approval of required submittals ................. 6.28 safe structural loading ............................ 6.18 Safety and Protection ................... 6.20, 7.2, 13.2 Safety Representative ............................. 6.21 Scheduling the Work ............................. 6.9.2 Shop Drawings and Samples ...................... 6.24 Shop Drawings and Samples Review by ENGINEER ................................6.26 Site Cleanliness ................................... 6.17 Submittal Procedures ............................. 6.25 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures .................................... 6.7.2 Substitutes nnd "Or-Equal" Items ................ 6.7.1 Superintendence ................................... 6.2 Supervision ........................................ 6. I Survival of Obligations ............................ 6.34 Taxes ............................................ 6.15 Tests and Inspections ............................. 13.5 2.5 To Report ......................................... Use of Premises .................... 6.16-6.18, 6.30.2.4 Review Prior to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal .. 6.25 Right to adjustment for changes in the Work ......... 10.2 right to claim .. 4, 7.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, 11.2, I i.9, 12.1, 13.9, 14.8, 15.1, 15.5, 17.3 Safety and Protection ................. 6.20-6.22, 7.2, 13.2 Safety Representative ............................... 6.21 Shop Drawings and Samples Submittals ......... 6.24-6.28 Special Consultants ............................... i 1.4.4 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures ..... 6.7 Substitutes and "Or-Equal" Items, Expense .. 6.7.1, 6.7.2 Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others ............ 6.8-6. I I Supervision and Superintendence ........... 6. I, 6.2, 6.21 Taxes, Payment by .................................. 6.15 Use of Premises ................................ 6.16-6.18 Warranties and guarantees ...................... 6.30, 6.5 Warranty of Title ................................... 14.3 Written Notice Requiredm CONTRACTOR stop Work or terminate ........... 15.5 Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Condi- tions ............................................. 4.2.3 Substantial Completion ........................... 14.8 CONTRACtORS---other ................................. 7 Contractual Liability Insurance ...................... 5.4. l0 Contractual Time Limits .............................. 12.2 Coordination 6 L Article or Paragraph Number CONTRAC~R's responsibility .................... 6.9.2 Cop~es of Documents .................................. 2.2 Correction Period .................................... 13.12 Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work in general ............................. 10.4.1, 13.10-13.14 Acceptance of Defective Work ..................... 13.13 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ..... 6.30, 13.11 Correction Period .................................. 13.12 OWNER May Correct Defective Work ............. 13.14 OWNER May Stop Work .......................... 13.10 Cost-- of Tests and Inspections ............................. 13.4 11.7 Records ............................................ Cost of the Work-- Bonds and insurance, additional ................. 11.4.5.9 Cash Discounts ................................... I ! .4.2 11.6 CONTRACTOR's Fee .............................. Employee Expenses ............................. 11.4.5. I Exclusions to ....................................... ! i.5 General ........................................ 11.4-11.5 Home office and overhead expenses ................. 11.5 Losses and damages ............................. 11.4.5.6 I 1.4.2 Materials and equipment .......................... Minor expenses ................................. 11.4.5.8 il.4.1 Payroll costs on changes .......................... performed by Subcontractors ...................... 11.4.3 11.7 Records ............................................ Rentals of construction equipment and machinery. 11.4.5.3 Royalty payments, permits and license fees ...... ! 1.4.5.5 Site office and temporary facilities ............... I i.4.5.2 Special Consultants, CONTRACTOR's ............ 11.4.4 Supplemental ..................................... 11.4.5 Taxes related to the Work ....................... 11.4.5.4 13.4 Tests and Inspection .. ~ ............................. Trade Discounts .................................. ! 1.4.2 Utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities ............... 11.4.5.7 11.4.1 Work after regular hours .......................... Covering Work ................................... 13.6-13.7 Cumulative RemeOies ............................ 17.4-17.5 Cutting, fitting and patching ............................ 7.2 Data, to be furnished by OWNER ...................... 8.3 Day---definition of ................................... 17.2.2 Decisions on Disputes ........................... 9. ! I, 9.12 defective--definition of ................................ !. 14 defective Work-- Acceptance of .............................. 10.4.1, 13.13 COrrection or Removal of ................... 10.4.1, 13.11 Correction Period .................................. 13.12 in general ................................. 13, 14.7, 14.11 Observation by ENGINEER ......................... 9.2 OWNER May Stop Work .......................... 13.10 Prompt Notice of Defects ........................... 13. I Rejecting ............................................ 9.6 Uncovering the Work ............................... 13.8 Definitions ............................................... I Delays ................................. 4.1, 6.29, 12.3-12.4 Delivery of Bonds ...................................... 2. I Delivery of certificates of insurance ..................... 2.7 Article or Paragraph Number Determinations for Unit Prices ........................9. I0 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions Notice of .......................................... 4.2.3 ENGINEER's Review ............................. 4.2.4 Possible Contract Documents Change ............... 4.2.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments .............. 4.2.6 Discrepancies-Reporting and Resolving .... 2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 Dispute Resolution-- Agreement ..................................... 16.1-16.6 A~oitration ..................................... 16.1-16.3 general ...............................................16 Mediation .......................................... 16.6 Dispute Resolution Agreement .................... 16. I- 16.6 Disputes, Decisions by ENGINEER .............. 9.1 I-9.12 Decuments~ Copies of ............................................ 2.2 Record ............................................. 6.19 Reuse of ............................................. 3.7 Drawings--definition of ...............................I. 15 Easements .............................................4. I Effective date of Agreement--definition of ............. I. 16 Emergencies .......................................... 6.23 ENGINEER-- as initial interpreter on disputes ................. 9.11-9.12 definition of ........................................ 1.17 Limitations on authority and responsibilities ................................. 9.13 Replacement of ...................................... 8.2 Resident Project Representative ...................... 9.3 ENGINEER's Consultant--definition of ............... i. 18 ENGINEER's-- authority and responsibility, limitations on ...........9.13 Authorized Variations in the Work .................... 9.3 Change Orders, responsibility for .......... 9.7. 10, I l, 12 Clarifications and Interpretations ............... 3.6.3, 9.4 Decisions on Disputes .......................... 9. I I-9. i 2 13.1 defective Work. notice of ........................... Evaluation of Substitute Items ...................... 6.7.3 Liability ....................................... 6.32, 9.12 Notice Work is Acceptable ......................... 14.13 Observations ................................. 6.30.2, 9.2 9.1 OWNER's Representative ........................... Payments to the CONTRACTOR, Responsibility for .............................. 9.9, 14 Recommendation of Payment ................. 14.4, 14.13 Responsibilities-- Limitations on ............................... 9. I I-9.13 Review of Reports on Diffenng Subsurface and Physical Conditions .......................... 4.2.4 Shop Drawings and Samples. review responsibility ..................................... 6.26 Status During Construction-- authorized variations in the Work .................. 9.5 Clarifications and interpretations ................... 9.4 Decisions on Disputes ........................ 9. I I-9.12 Determinations on Unit Price ..................... 9.10 ENGINEER as Initial Interpreter ............. 9.1 I-9.12 ENGINEER's Responsibilities ................ 9. I-9.12 Article or Paragraph Number Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities ................................... 9.13 OWNER's Representative ......................... 9. Project Representative ............................. 9.3 Rejecting Defective Work .......................... 9.6 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments ........... ' ......... 9.7-9.9 Visits to Site ...................................... 9.2 Unit Price Determinations ........................... 9.10 9.2 Visits to Site ......................................... Written consent required ......................... 7.2, 9. ! Equipment, Labor, Materials and ................... 6.3-6.5 Equipment rental, Cost of the Work ................ 11.4.5.3 Equivalent Materials and Equipment .................... 6.7 Ertms or omissions ................................... 6.33 Evidence of Financial An-angements ................... 8. I I Explorations of physical conditions ................... 4.2.1 Fee, CONTRACTOR's~Costs-Plus ................... 11.6 F'~.,ld Orderw I. 19 definition of ........................................ issued by ENGINEER ......................... 3.6.1, 9.5 Final Application for Payment ........................ 14.12 Final Inspection ...................................... 14.11 Final Payment~ and Acceptance .............................. 14.13-14.14 Prior to, for cash allowances ........................ 1 i.8 17.3-17.4 General Provisions ............................... General Requirements--- defmtion of ......................................... i.20 principal references to .............. 2.6, 6.4, 6.6-6.7, 6.24 17.1 Giving Notice ......................................... Guarantee of Work---by CONTRACTOR .............................. 6.30, 14.12 Hazard Communication Programs ..................... 6.22 HnTnrdous Waste-- 1.21 definition of ........................................ 4.5 general .............................................. OWNER's responsibility for ........................ 8.10 Indemnification ........................ 6.12, 6.16, 6.31-6.33 Initially Acceptable Schedules .......................... 2.9 Inspection--- Certificates of ......................... 9.13.4, 13.5, 14.12 14.11 Special, required by ENGINEER .................... 9.6 Tests and Approval ........................ 8.7, 13.3-13.4 Insurancew Acceptance of, by OWNER ......................... 5.14 Additional, required by changes in the Work ................................. 11.4.5.9 Before starting the Work ............................. 2.7 Bonds and--in general ................................. Cancellation Provisions .............................. 5.8 Certificates of .. 2.7, 5, 5.3, 5.4.11, 5.4.13, 5.6.5, 5.8, 5.14, 9.13.4, 14.12 completed operations .............................. 5.4.13 CONTRACTOR's Liability ........................... 5.4 CONTRAC'I'OR's objection to coverage ............. 5.14 Contractual Liability .............................. 5.4.10 Article or Paragraph Number deductible amounts, CONTRACTOR's responsibility ......................... ' ...........5.9 Final Application for Payment ...................... 14.12 Licensed Insurers ....................................5.3 Notice requirements, material changes .................................. 5.8, 10.50 Option to Replace .................................. 5.14 othe~ special insurances .............................5.10 OWNER as fiduciary for insureds .............. 5.12-5.13 OWNER's Liability .................................. 5.5 OWNER's Responsibility ............................ 8.5 Partial Utilization, Property Insurance ............... 5.15 5.6-5.10 Property ........................................ Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds .. 5.12-5.13 Special Insurance ................................... 5.10 Waiver of Rights .................................... 5. I ! Intent of Contract Documents ....................... 3.1-3.4 Interpretations and Clarifications ................. 3.6.3, 9.4 Investigations of physical conditions .................... 4.2 Labor, Materials and Equipment .................... 6.3-6.5 Lands-- 8.4 and Easements ...................................... Availability of ................................... 4. I, 8.4 8.4 Reports & Tests .................... -. ................ Laws and Regulations--Laws or Regulations-- Bonds ........................................... 5. I-5.2 Changes in the Work ................................ 10.4 Contract Documents ................................. 3. ! CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities ................... 6.14 Correction Period, defective Work .................. 13.12 Cost of the Work, taxes ......................... i 1.4.5.4 definition of ........................................ 1.22 general ............................................. 6.14 Indemnification ................................ 6.31-6.33 ...... 5.3 Insurance ...................................... Precedence .................................... 3. I, 3.3.3 3.3.1 Reference to ....................................... Safety and Protection .......................... 6.20, 13.2 Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others ............ 6.8-6. I I Tests and Inspections ............................... 13.5 Use of Premises .................................... 6.16 Visits to Site ......................................... 9.2 Liability Insurance-- CONTRACTOR's .................................... 5.4 OWNER's ........................................... 5.5 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ......................... 5.3 Liens-- Application for Progress Payment ................... 14.2 Contractor's Warranty of Title ....................... 14.3 Final Application for Payment ...................... 14.12 definition of ........................................ 1.23 Waiver of Claims .................................. 14.15 Limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibilities ..................................... 9.13 Limited Reliance by CONTRACI~R Authorized ...... 4.2.2 Maintenance and Operating Manuals-- ~ Final Application for Payment ...................... 14.12 Manuals (of others)--- Precedence ....................................... 3.3.3. I 8 Article or Paragraph Number Reference to in Contract Documents ................ 3.3.I Materials and equipment-- furnished by CONTRACIOR ........................ 6.3 14.2 not incorporated in Work ............................ 6.7 Materials or equipment--equivalent 16.7 Mediation (Optional) ............ . ...................... Milestones--definition of .............................. 1.24 Miscellaneous--- .17.2 Computation of Times ............................. Cumulative Remedies ............................... 17.4 . 17.1 Giving Notice .................................... 17.3 Notice of Claim ..................................... Professional Fees and Court Costs Included .......... 17.5 7 Multi-prime contracts ......................... 4.3.2 Not Shown or indicated .............................. Notice Acceptability of Project ............................ 14.13 Award. definition of ................................. 1.25 17.3 Defecta ............................................. Diffenng Subsurface or Physical Conditions .......... 4.2.3 Giving ............................... 13.3 Testa and Inspections ............................... Variation, Shop Drawing and Sample ................ 6.27 Notice to Proceed-- definition of ........................................ 1.26 2.3 giving of ............................................. 10.5 Notification to Surety ................................. Observations, by ENGINEER ....................6.30, 9.2 Occupancy of the Work ................ 5.15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10 Omissions or acts by CONTRACTOR ............. 6.9, 9.13 "Open peril" policy form, Insurance ................... 5.6.2 5.14 Option to Replace ...................................... "Or Equal" Items ...................................... 6.7 7 Other work .............................................. Overtime Work--prohibition of ......................... 6.3 OWNER-- Acceptance of defective Work ...................... 13.13 appoint an ENGINEER .............................. 8.2 as fiduciary .................................... Availability of Lands, responsibility ................... 4. I definition of ........................................ 1.77 data. furnish ......................................... g.3 May Correct Defective Work ....................... 13.14 May refuse to make payment ........................ 14.7 May Stop the Work ................................ 13.10 may suspend work, terminate ....................... 8.8, 13.10. 15.1-15.4 Payment, make prompt ................... 8.3.14.4, 14.13 performance of other Work ........................... ?. I permits and licenses, requirements .................. 6.13 purchased insurance requirements ............5.6-5 10 OWNER's-- Acceptance of the Work ......................... 6.30.2.5 Change Orders, obligation to 8.6, 10.4 execute .................................... Communications ...................................... 7.4 Coordination of the Work ............................ Disputes, request for decision ....................... 9. I I Article or Paragraph Number Inspections, tests and approvals .................8.7, 13.4 · 5.5 Liability Insurance .................................. No6ce of Defects ................................... 13. I Representative--During Construction, ENGINEER's Status ............................ 9.1 Responsibilities--- Asbestos, PCB's, Petroleum, H~Tardous Waste on Radioactive Material .................. 8.10 · 8.6 Change Orders ................................... Changes in the Work ..............................10.1 ,8.1 communications ................................... CONTRACTOR's responsibilities .................. 8.9 evidence of financial arrangements ................ 8. I ! inspections, tests and approvals .................... 8.7 Insurance ......................................... 8.5 lands and easements ............................... 8.4 8.3 prompt payment by ................................8.2 replacement of ENGINEER ....................... 8.4 repons and tests ................................... stop or suspend Work .................. 8.8, 13.10, 15.1 terminate CONTRACTOR's services .......... 8.8, 15.2 separate representative at site ........................ 9.3 independent testing ...... , .......................... 13.4 use or occupancy of the Work .................................... 5.15, 14.10 written consent or approval required ............................... 9.1, 6.3, ! !.4 written notice required .......... 7.1, 9.4, 9.11, 11.2, 11.9, 14.7, 15.4 PCBs-- definition of ........................................ 1.29 4.5 general .............................................. OWNER's responsibility for ........................ 8.10 Partial Utilization-- definition of ........................................ 1.28 general ................................... 6.30.2.4, 14.10 5.15 Property Insurance ................................. Patent Fees and Royalties ............................. 6.12 Payment Bonds ..................................... 5. I-5.2 Payments, Recommendation of ............. 14.4-14.7, 14.13 Payments to CONTRACTOR and Completion--- Application for Progress Payments .................. 14.2 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title ................. 14.3 Final Application for Payment ...................... 14.12 Final Inspection ................................... 14. ! I Final Payment and Acceptance ............... 14.13-14.14 general ........................................... 8.3, 14 Partial Utilization .................................. 14.10 Retainage ........................................... 14.2 Review of Applications for Progress ....... 14.4-14.7 Payments .......................... 8.3 prompt payment ......................... 14. I Schedule of Values .................................. Substantial Completion .........................14.8-14.9 Waiver of Claims .................................. 14.15 when payments due .......................... 14.4, 14.13 14.7 withholding payment ................................ Performance Bonds ................................. 5. I-5.2 6.13 Permits ............................................... Article or Paragraph Number Petroleum--- definition of ........................................ 1.30 general .............................................. 4.5 OWNER's responsibility for ........................ 8.10 Physical Conditions-- Drawings of, in or relating to ..................... 4.2.1.2 ENGINEER's review ..... L ........................ 4.2.4 existing structures .................................. 4.2.2 general ........................................... 4.2.1.2 Subsurface and ....................................... 4.2 Underground Facilities ............................... 4.3 Possible Contract Documents Change ............... 4.2.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments .............. 4.2.6 Reports and Drawings .............................. 4.2. ! Notice of Differing Subsurface or, .................. 4.2.3 Subsurface and ...................................... 4.2 Subsurface Conditions ............................ 4.2. I. I Technical Da~, Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized ....................4.2.2 Underground Facilities-- general .......................................... 4.3 Not Shown or Indicated ....................... 4.3.2 Protection of ............................... 4.3.6.20 Shown or Indicated ............................ 4.3. I Technical Data ..................................... 4.2.2 2.8 Preconstmction Conference ............................ Preliminary Matters ...................................... 2 Preliminary Schedules .................................. 2.6 Premises, Useof .................................6.16-6.18 Price, Change of Contract ............................... I ! Price, Contract---definition of .......................... I.I I Progress Payment, Applications for .................... 14.2 Progress payment--retainage .......................... 14.2 Progress schedule. CONTRACTOR's ..... 2.6, 2.8, 2.9, 6.6, 6.29. 10.4. 15.2.1 Project--definition of .................................. 1.31 Project Representative-- ENGINEER's Status During Construction ............ 9.3 Project Representative, Resident ---definition of ...................................... 1.33 prompt payment by OWNER ...........................8.3 Property Insurance Additional ........................................... 5.7 general .......................................... 5.6-5.10 Partial Utilization ........................... 5.15. 14. I 0.2 receipt and application of 5.12-5.13 proceeds Protection, Safety and ....................... 6.20-6.21, 13.2 Punch list ............................................ 14.11 Radioactive Material-- 1.32 definition ........................................... general .............................................. 4.5 OWNER's responsibility for ........................8.10 Recommendation of Payment .............. 14.4. 14.5, 14.13 Record Documents ............................. 6.19, 14.12 Records, procedures for maintaining .................... 2.8 Reference Points ....................................... 4.4 Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies ................................ 3.3 Article or Paragraph Number Regulations, Laws and (or) ............................ 6.14 Rejecting Defective Work ............................... 9.6 Related Work-- at Site ........................................... 7. I-7.3 Performed prior to Shop Drawings and Samples submittals review .................. 6.28 Remedies, cumulative ............................17.4, 17.5 Removal or Correction of Defective Work .................................... 13.11 rental agreements, OWN ER approval required ...................................... 11.4.5.3 replacement of ENGINEER, by OWNER .............. 8.2 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies .... 2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2 Reports--- and Drawings ...................................... 4.2.1 and Tests, OWNER's responsibility .................. 8.4 Resident Project Representative-- definition of ........................................ 1.33 provision for ......................................... 9.3 Resident Superintendent. CONTRACTOR's ............. 6.2 Responsibilities-- CONTRACTOR's-in general ........................... 6 ENGINEER's-in general ............................... 9 Limitations on .................................... 9.13 OWNER's-in general .................................. 8 Retainage ............................................. 14.2 Reuse of Documents ................................... 3.7 Review by CONTRACTOR: Shop Drawings and Samples Prior to Submittal ...................... 6.25 Review of Applications for Progress Payments ...................................... 14.4,-14.7 Right to an adjustment ................................ 10.2 Rights of Way .......................................... 4.1 Royalties. Patent Fees and ............................. 6.12 Safe Structural Loading ............................... 6.18 Safety-- and Protection ....... 4.3.2, 6.16, 6.18, 6.20-6.21.7.2.13.2 general ........................................ 6.20-6.23 Representative. CONTRACTOR's ................... 6.21 Samples-- definition of ........................................ 1.34 general ........................................ 6.24-6.28 Review by CONTRACTOR ......................... 6.25 Review by ENGINEER ....................... 6.26. 6.27 related Work ........................................ 6.28 submittal of ....................................... 6.24.2 submittal procedures ................................ 6.25 Schedule of progress ..... 2.6, 2.8-2.9, 6.6.6.29, 10.4. 15.2.1 Schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample Submittals ....................... 2.6, 2.8-2.9, 6.24-6.28 Schedule of Values ........................2.6.2.8-2.9. 14.1 Schedules-- 15.2.1 Adherence lo ..................................... Adjusting ............................................ 6.6 Change of Contract Times .......................... 10.4 Initially Acceptable ............................... 2.8-2.9 Preliminary .......................................... 2.6 Scope of Changes .............................. 10.3-10.4 Subsurface Conditions .............................. 4.2. I. I 10 Article or Paragraph Number Shop Drawings--- and Samples, general ........................... 6.24-6.28 Change Orders & Applications for Payments, and ............................... 9.7-9.9 1.35 definition of ........................................ ENGINEER's approval of ......................... 3.6.2 ENGINEER's responsibility for review ............................... 9.7, 6.24-6.28 related Work ........................................6.28 review procedures ......................... 2.8, 6.24-6.28 submittal required ................................. 6.24.1 6.25 Submittal Procedures ............................... use to approve substitutions ........................6.7.3 Shown or Indicated ................................... 4.3. I Site Access ....................................... 7.2, 13.2 Site Cleanliness ....................................... 6.17 Site, Visits to--- by ENGINEER ................................ 9.2, 13.2 by others ...........................................13.2 "Special causes of loss" policy form, insurance ....... 5.6.2 Specifications-= definition of ........................................ 1.36 of Technical Societies, reference to ................. 3.3. I precedence ........................................ 3.3.3 Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies .......................................... 3.3 Starting Construction, Before ....................... 2.5-2.8 .2.4 Slatting the Work ..................................... Stop or Suspend Work-- by CONTRACTOR ................................. 15.5 by OWNER ............................. 8.8, 13.10, 15.1 Storage of nmteriais and equipment ................. 4. I, 7.2 Structural Loading, Safety ............................. 6.18 Subcontractorm Concerning ......................................6.8-6. I I definition of ........................................ 1.37 delays .............................................. 12.3 waiver of fights ..................................... 6. I I Subcontractors---in general ........................ 6.8-6. I I Subcontracts--required provisions ........ 5. I I, 6. I I, 11.4.3 Submittals-- Applications for Payment ........................... 14.2 Maintenance and Operation Manuals ...............14.12 Procedures ......................................... 6.25 Progress Schedules ..............................2.6, 2.9 Samples ....................................... 6.24-6.28 Schedule of Values ............................. 2.6, 14. I Schedule of Shop Drawings and Samples Submissions .................... 2.6, 2.8-2.9 Shop Drawings ................................. 6.24-6.28 SubstantiaJ Completion-- certification of ........................ 6.30.2.3, 14.8-14.9 1.38 definition of ........................................ Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures ....... 6.7.2 Substitutes and "Or Equal" Items ...................... 6.7 CONTRACTOR's Expense ........................ 6.7.1.3 ENGINEER's Evaluation .......................... 6.7.3 "Or-Equal" . ....................................... 6.7. I Substitute Construction Methods of Procedures ..... 6.7.2 Article or Paragraph Number Substitute Items .................................. 6.7.1.2 Subsudace and Physical Conditions-- Drawings of, in or relating to ..................... 4.2. 1.2 4.2.4 ENGINEER's Review ............................. general .............................................. 4.2 Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized .................................... 4.2.2 Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ................................ 4.2.3 Physical Conditions ................................. 4.2.1.2 Possible Contract Documents Change ................. 4.2.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments ................ 4.2.6 Reports and Drawings ................................ 4.2. ! Subsurface and ...................................... 4.2 Subsurface Conditions at the Site ................. 4.2. I. I Technical Dam ..................................... 4.2.2 Supervision-- CONTRACTOR's responsibility ...................... 6. I OWNER shall not supervise ......................... 8.9 ENGINEER shall not supervise ............... 9.2, 9.13.2 6.2 Superintendence ....................................... Superintendent. C©NTRACTOR's resident ........... 6.2 Supplemental costs .................................. i 1.4.5 Supplementary Conditions-- 1.39 definition of ........................................ principal reference to .... 1.10, 1.18, 2.2, 2.7, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.3, 5.4, 5.6-5.9, 5.11, 6.8, 6.13, 7.4, 8.11, 9.3, 9.10 Supplementing Contract Documents .................... 3.6 Suppliert definition of ........................................ 1.40 principal references to .................. 3.7, 6.5, 6.8-6. I !, 6.20, 6.24, 9.13.14.12 Waiver of Rights .................................... 6.1 ! Suretyt consent to final payment ..................... 14.12, 14.14 ENGINEER has no duty to ......................... 9.13 Notification of ...........................10.1, 10.5, 15.2 qualification of ................................... 5. I-5.3 Survival of Obligations ................................ 6.34 Suspend Work, OWNER May .................. 13.10, 15.1 Suspension of Work and Termination ................... 15 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate ........................................ 15.5 OWNER May Suspend Work ....................... 15.1 OWNER May Terminate .......................15.2-15.4 Taxes-Payment by CONTRACTOR .................... 6.15 Technical Data-- Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR ............... 4.2.2 Possible Price and Times Adjustments .............. 4.2.6 Repons of Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions .............................. 4.2.3 Temporary construction facilities ........................ 4. I Termination-- by CONTRAC'I~R ................................. 15.5 by OWNER ............................... $.8, 15.1-15.4 of ENGINEER's employment ........................ 8.2 Suspension of Work-in general ........................15 Terms and Adjectives .................................. 3.4 Tests and Inspections-- II Article or Paragraph Number Access to the Work, by others ...................... 13.2 CONTRACTOR's responsibilities .................... 13.5 cost of .............................................. 13.4 covering Work prior to ......................... 13.6-13.7 Laws and Regulations (or) .......................... 13.5 Notice of Defects ................................... 13. I OWNER May Stop Work '. ......................... 13.10 OWNER's independent testing ...................... 13.4 special, required by ENGINEER ..................... 9.6 timely notice required ............................... 13.4 Uncovering the Work, at ENGINEER's request .................................... 13.8-13.9 Adjusting ............................................ 6.6 Change of Contract ................................... 12 Adjusting ............................................ 6.6 Computation of ..................................... 17.2 Contract Times~definition of ....................... I. 12 day ................................................ 17.72 Milestones ........................................... 12 Requirements~ appeals .......................................... 16 clarifications, claims and disputes ............................. 9.11, 11.2, 12 commencement of contract times ................... 2.3 preconsuuction conference .........................2.8 schedules ................................. 2.6, 2.9, 6.6 starting the Work .................................. 2.4 Title, Warranty of ..................................... 14.3 Uncovering Work ................................ 13.8-13.9 Underground Facilities, Physical Conditions~ definition of ........................................ 1.41 Not Shown or Indicated ............................4.3.2 protection of ................................... 4.3, 6.20 Shown or Indicated ................................4.3.1 Unit Price Work-- claims ............................................11.9.3 definition of ........................................ 1.42 general .................................. II.9. 14.1, 14.5 Unit Prices-- general ...........................................I 1.3. I Determination for ................................... 9. l0 Use of Premises ........................ 6.16, 6.18, 6.30.2.4 Utility owners ...................... 6.13, 6.20, 7.1-7.3, 13.2 Anicle or Paragraph Number Utilization. Partial ............... 1.28, 5.15, 6.30, 2.4, 14.10 Value of the Work ..................................... I 1.3 Values, Schedule of ....................... 2.6, 2.8-2.9, 14.1 Variations in Work--Minor Autho~zed ................................ 6.25, 6.27, 9.5 Visits of Site--by ENGINEER ......................... 9.2 Waiver of Claims-on Final Payment ........................................... 14.15 Waiver of Rights by insured parties ............... 5. I I, 6. I I Warranty and Guarantee, General--by CONTRACTOR .................................... 6.30 Warranty of Title, CONTRAL-'H)R's ................... 14.3 Work~ Access to ........................................... 13.2 by others .............................................. 7 Changes in the ....................................... 10 Cominuing the ...................................... 6.29 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate ................................... 15.5 Coordination of ...................................... 7.4 Cost of the ..................................... 1 !.4-11.5 definition of ........................................ 1.43 neglected by CONTRACTOR ...................... 13.14 other Work ............................................ 7 OWNER May Stop Work .......................... 13.10 OWNER May Suspend Work ................. 13.10, 15. ! Related, Work at Site .............................7.1-7.3 Starting the .......................................... 2.4 Stopping by CONTRACTOR ........................ 15.5 Stopping by OWNER .......................... 15. !-15.4 Variation and deviation authorized, minor ........................................... 3.6 Work Change Directive-- claims pursuant to .................................. 10.2 definition of ........................................ !.44 principal references to .................... 3.5.3, 10. !-10.2 Written Amendmentt definition of ........................................ 1.45 principal references to ... 1.10. 3.5, 5.10, 5.12, 6.6.2, 6.8.2, 6.19, 10.1. 10.4. ii.2. 12.1, 13.12.2, 14.7.2 Written Clarifications and Interpretations ........................... 3.6.3, 9.4, 9. Il Written Notice Requiredt by CON~R ........ 7.1, 9.10-9.11, 10.4, Il.2, 12.1 by OWNER .................... 9.10-9.11, 10.4, 11.2, 13.14 12 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1--DEFINITIONS Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to 'both the singular and plural I.I. Addenda--Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change thc Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documents. !.2. AgreementmThe written contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to he performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. 1.3. Application/or Payment--The form accepted by EN- GINEER which is to be used by CONTRACI~R in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 1.4. Asbestos--Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. I.$. 8/d--The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be 1.6. Bidding Documents--The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including ail Addenda issued prior to receip~ of Bids}. 1.7. Bidding Requirements--The advertisement or invita- tion to Bid, instructions to bidders, and the Bid form. 1.8. Bonds--Performance and Payment bonds and other instruments of security. 1.9. Change Order--A document recommended by ENGI- NEER, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 1.10. Contract Documents--The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement. the Notice to Proceed, the Bonds, these General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Draw- ings as the same are more specifically identified in the Agree- merit, together with all Written Amendments, Chanag Orders, Work Change Di~ctives, Field Orders and ENGINEER's written interpretations and clarifications issued pursuant to paragraphs 3.5, 3.6. !, and 3.6.3 on or after the Effeclive Date of the Agreement. Shop Drawing submittals approved pursu- ant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27 and the repons and drawings referent to in paragraphs 4.2.1.1 and 4.2.2.2 ate not Contract Documents. I. I I. Contract Price--Thc moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRRC'IOR for completion of the Work in accordance with thc Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.9. I in the case of Unit Price Work). 1.12. Contract Times--The numbers of days or the dates stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommenda- tion of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. 1.13. CONTRACTOR--The person, finn or corporation with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. 1.14. defective--An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, in that it does not conform to the Contract Docu- ments, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to ENGI- NEER's recommendation of final payment (unless responsi- bility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.8 or 14.10). !.!5. Drawings--The drawings which show the scope, extent and character of the Work to be furnished and per- formed by CONTRACTOR and which have been prepared or approved by ENGINEER and are referred to in the Contract Documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. 1.16. Effective Date of the Agreernent--The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. I. 17. ENGINEER--The person, firm or corporation named as such in the Agreement. I. 18. ENGINEER's Consultant--A person, firm or corpo- ration having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish services as ENGINEER's independent professional associate or con- sultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. i. 19. Field Order--A written order issued by ENGINEER which orders minor changes in the Work in accordance with paragraph 9.5 but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 13 1.20. General Requirements.---Sec~ons of Division I of the Specifications. 1.21. Hazardous WastetThe term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 1.22. Laws and RegulatiOns; Laws or Regulations--Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. 1.23. L/ens--Liens, charges, security interests or encum- brances upon real property or personal property. !.24. Milestone--A principal event specified in the Con- tract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. i.25. Notice of Award--The written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. !.26. Notice toProceedtA written notice given by OWNER to CONTRAC'IOR (with a copy to ENGINEER) fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform CONTRAC- TOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. !.27. OWNER--The public body or authority, corpora- tion, association, finn or person with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be provided. 1.28. Partial Utilization~Use by OWNER of a substan- tially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.29. PCBs~Polychlorinated biphenyls. 1.30. Petroleum--Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Wastes and crude oils. 1.3 !. Project--The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole. or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1.32. Radioactive Material---Source. special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 1.33. Resident Project Representative-- The authorized representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the site or any part thereof. 1.34. Samples~Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. i.35. Shop Drawings~Ail drawings, diagrams, illustra- tions, schedules and other dam or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for CON'I'R,~r'IOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work. 1.36. SpeciJicationstThose portions of the Contract Doc- uments consisting of written technical descriptions of mated- als, equipment, construction systems, standards and workman- ship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. 1.37. Subcontractor--An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other Subcontractor for the performance ora pan of the Work at the site. 1.38. Substantial Completion~The Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of ENGINEER as evidenced by ENGINEER's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is suff~ently com- plete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or ffno such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The terms "substant~ly complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 1.39. Supplementary Conditions~The part of the Contr~t Documents which amends or supplements these General Con- ditions. 1.40. Supplier~A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, dis- tributor, materialman or vendor having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to furnish materi- als or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by CON- TRACTOR or any Subcontractor. 1.41. Underground Factlities--AII pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any oftbe following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communica- tions, cable television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other control systems or water. 1.42. Unit Price Work--Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 14 _4 -i 1.43. Work~Tbe entire completed consmJction or the var- imm separately identifiable parts thereof required to be fur- nished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing docu- ments, all as required by the Contract Documents. 1.44. Work Change Directive-~-A written directive to CON- TRAC'I~R, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by ENGINEER, ordering an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical condi- tions under which the Work is to be performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph 6.23. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Direc- tive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in paragraph 10.2. 1.45. Written Amendment--A written amendment of the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineering or nontechnical rather than strictly construction-related aspects of the Contract Docu- mentso ARTICLE 2--PRELIMINARY MATTERS Delivery of Bond~: 2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agree- merits to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish in accordance with paragraph 5. I. Copies of Docume~: 2.2. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRAC'I~R up to ten copies (unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary Con- ditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably neces- sary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed: 2.3. The Contract Times will commence to mn on the thirti- eth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within thirty days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times ~ to mn later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day aiter the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier. Starting the Work: 2.4. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run, but no Work shall be done at the site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. Before Starting Construction: 2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work, CON- TRAC'I~R shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. CONTRAC- TOR shall promptly report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy which CONTRAC- 'FOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Doc- uments, unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agree- ment (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review: 2.6.1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sam- ple submittals which will list each required submiUal and the times for submitting, reviewing and processing such submit- tai; 2.6.3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which will include quantities and prices of items aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit appli- cable to each item of Work. 2.7. Before an)' Work at the site is started, CONTRACTOR and OWNER shall each deliver to the other, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Condi- tions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which CONTRACTOR and OWNER respectively are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with para- graphs 5.4, 5.6 and 5.7. Preconstruction Conference: 2.8. Within twenty days after the Contract Times start to run, bul before any Work at the site is started, a conference 15 attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as ap- propriate will be held to establish a working understanding among.the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules rd*erred to in paragraph 2.6, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment and maintaining required records. 2.9. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments, at least ten days before submission of the first Applica- tion for Payment a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided below the sched- ules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.6. CONTRAC- 'FOR shall have an additional ten days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submitted to and acceptable to ENGINEER as provided below. The progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Times, but such acceptance will neither impose on ENGI- NEER responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRAC'1'OR's full responsibility therefor. CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing a workable arrange- merit for reviewing and processing the required submittals. CONTRAC'IOR's schedule of values will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance. ARTICLE 3.--CONTRACT [X3CUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3. i. Thc Contract Documents comprise the entire agree- ment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the place of thc Project. 3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be con- structed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases which have a well- known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifi- cations and intesT~retations of the Contract Document~ shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in paragraph 9.4. 3.3. Jtefere~ ge Serad~b a~l $1~ci~a~m of Te¢ludgal $oc~; Rqx~,ng and i~e~ol~ag D~lxu~ies: 3.3.1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be speci~ or by implication, shall mean the latest standard, specification, manual, code or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 3.3.2. If, during the performance of the Work, CON- TRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or dis- crepancy within thc Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to thc performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier referred to in paragraph 6.5, CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in writing at once, and, CONTRACIOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as authorized by paragraph 6.23) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6; provided, however, that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGI- NEER for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambigu- ity or discrepancy unless CONTRACTOR knew or reason- ably should have known thereof. 3.3.3. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents or as may be provided by amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the methods indi- cated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: 3.3.3.1. thc provisions of any such standard, speci- fication, manual, code or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or 3.3.3.2. thc provisions of any such Laws or Regu- lations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of thc provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). No provision of any such standard, specification, manual. code or instruction shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of OWN ER. CONTRAC1~R or ENG IN EER, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or em- ployees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's Consultants. agents or employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or 16 performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undgf- ~ respomibility incomistent with the provisions of para- graph 9.1:3 or any other provision of the Contract Docu- ments. 3.4. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as ordered," "as directed," "as required," "as allowed," "as approved" or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives" reasonable ,"" suitable ," '"acceptable,"" proper" or "satisfactory" or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe a requirement, direction, review or judg- ment of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that such requirement, direction, review or judgment will be solely to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to ENGI- NEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to thc provi- sions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. 3.5. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following 3.5.1. a formal Written Amendment, 3.5.2. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.4}, or 3.5.3. a Work Change Directive (pursuant to paragraph 10. IL 3.6. In addition, the requirements of the Contract Docu- ments may be supplemented, and minor variations and devia- tions in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the following ways: 3.6.1. a Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5). 3.6.2. ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27), or 3.6.3. ENGINEER's written interpretation or clarifica- tion (pursuant to paragraph 9.4). 3.7. CONTRACTOR, and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER (i} shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifiaatiom or other documents (or copies ofany thereoO prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant, and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents or copies on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific written verification or adaption by ENGINEER. 17 ARTICLE 4--AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1. OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR. Upon reasonable written request, OWNER shall furnish CON- TRACTOR with a correct statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and OWNER's interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regui '.ati. ons. OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which co~R will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by OWNER, unless otberwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unalde to agree on entitlement to or the umount or extent of any adjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of any delay in OWNER's furnishing these lands, rights-of-way or easements, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles II and 12. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.2. Sul~m'face and Physical Coad~iom: 4.2.1. Reports and Drawings: Reference is ~ to the Supplemen~ Conditions for identifi~tion of: 4.2. I.I. Subsurface Con~tio~: Tho~ re~ of ex~ rations aM tests of su~uff~e conditions at or ~nti~us to the site that have ~n utili~d by ENGINEER in p~nng the Con.ct ~u~nts; a~ 4.2. 1.2. Physical Conditions: ~o~ drawings of physi~ co~ifions in or relating to existing sud~e or subsuda~ stmctu~s at or ~nti~s to the site (except Un~nd ~iliti~) t~t have ~n ufili~ by ENGINEER in p~- lng the Cont~t ~u~n~. 4.2.2. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authoeized; Technical Data: CONTRACTOR my rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical dala" contnined in such reports and drawinss, but such reports and drawinss are not Contract Documents, Such "technical data" is identified in thc Supple* mentary Conditions. Except for such relianc~ on such "tech* nicai data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any claim n~inst OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to: 4.2.2.1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CO~R's purposes, including, hut not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, se- quences and procedures of construction to he employed by CONTRACT*OR and safety precautions and programs inci* dent thereto, or 4.2.2.2. other data, interpretations, opinions and infor* marion contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings, or 4.2.2.3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclu- sion drawn from any "technical data" or any such data, interpretations, opinions or information. 4.2.3. Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Condi- tions: if CON'TRAL-q~R believes that any subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site that is uncovered or revealed eithec. 4.2.3.1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 is materially inaccurate, or 4.2.3.2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents, or 4.2.3.3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or 4.2.3.4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally reco~* nized as inherent in work of the character provided for in thc Contract Documents; then CON*T~ACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or pcrl*orming any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as permitted by parasraph 6.23), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about such condition. CONTRAC* TOR shall not further disturb such conditions or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until re* ccipt of written order to do so. 4.2.4. F_,*NGINEER'$ Review: ENGINEER will promptly review the pertinent conditions, determine the necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional .exploration or tests with re* six:ct thereto and advise OWNER in writing (with a copy IO CONTR/~--'TORI of ENGINEER's ITndings and conclusions. 4.2,S. Pozzible Contract Documentz Change: if ENGi- NEER concludes that a change in the Contract Oocuments is required as a result of a condition that meets one or mine of the categories in paragraph 4.2.3., a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document the consequences of such change. 4.2.6. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: An equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or in the Contract Times, or both, will be allowed to the extent that the existence of such uncovered or revealed condition causes an increase or de- crease in CON'rRAL-'IOR's cost of, or time required for performance of, the Work; subject, however, to the following: 4.2.6.1. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in paragraphs 4.2.3.1 through 4.2.3.4, inclusive; 4.2.6.2. a change in the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraph 4.2.5 will not be an automatic authorization of nor a condition precedent to entitlement to any such adjustment; 4.2.6.3. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10 and 11.9: and 4.2.6.4. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Times if: 4.2.6.4.1. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of such conditions at the time CONTRACIOR made a final commitment to OWNER in respect of Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract: or 4.2.6.4.2. the existence of such condition could rea- sonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test or study of the site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR's making such final commitment: or 4.2.6.4.3. CONTRACTOR failed to give the written notice within the time and as required by paragraph 4.2.3. if OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or as to the amount or length of any such equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Articles I I and 12. However, OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consult- ants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.3. Physical Condtioas*--Under~round Facilit~s: 4.3. I. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on 18 infmmation and dntn furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the ownms of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 4.3.1.1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be respon- sible for the accuracy or completeness of any such informa- tion or data; and 4.3.1.2. The cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price and co~R shall have full respon- sibility foc. (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (ilo coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities as provided in paragraph 6.20 and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. 4.3.2. Nog Shown or Indicated: if an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, CON- TRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or per- forming any Work in connection therewith lexcept in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.23), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence of the Underground Facility. if ENGINEER con- cludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Chan~e Order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document such conse- quences. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be respon- sible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be al- lowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and that CON- TRACI'OR did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If OWNER and CONTRACFOR are unable to agree on entitle- ment to or the amount or length of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles I I and 12. However, OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses .or damages incurred or sustained by CONTRACTOR on or m connection with any other project or anticipated project. Reference Points: 4.4. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to estab- lish reference points for construction which in ENGINEER's judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRAC- TOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall he respon- sible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such refer- ence points by professionally qualified personnel. 4.5.1. OWNER shall be responsible for any Asbestos, PCKs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. OWNER shall not be responsible for any such materials brought to the site by cO--R, Subcontractor, Suppli- ers or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4.5.2. CONTRACTOR shall immediately: (i) stop ali Work in connection with such bg?nrdous condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as re- quired by paragraph 6.23), and (ii) notify OWNER and ENGINEER (and thereafter confirm such notice in writing). OWNER shall promptly consult with ENGINEER concern- ing the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such hazardous condition or take corrective action, if any. CONTRACFOR shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such hazardous condition or in any such affected area until after OWNER has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to CONTRAC-'I~R special written notice: (i) specifying that such condition any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work, or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed by CON- TRACTOR to be resumed, either party may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles I i and 12. 4.5.3. If after receipt of such special written notice CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or docs not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then OWNER may order such portion of the Work that is in connection with such hazardous condition or in such af- fected area to be deleted from the Work. if OWNER and CONTRACI~R cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a claim therefor as provided in .Articles II and 12. OWNER may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by OWNER's own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. 4.5.4. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Reg- ulations, OWNER shall indemnify and hold harmless CON- TRACTOR. Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's 19¸ Comuilants and the oifr.~rs, directors, enq~ioyeas, agents, ~ ~n ~ su~~ of ~h ~ mY of ~ ~t ~ ~ ~l~q f~m ~ch ~ ~i~, ~ ~at: (i) ~y such cl~m, cost, loss or d~ is ~~ ~ ~ily i~u~, sick~, di~ or dn~, or to inj~ to or ~s~c~ ~ ~pble p~"Y (~r thu t~ ~ i~, i~lu&q t~ Ion.of u~ ~suldng t~f~, ~ (h~ ~q in t~s sub~ph 4.5.4 s~l oblate O~ER to in~mnify any ~ or entity from ~d a~nst ~ ~~ ~ th~ ~on's or en~ty's own ~i* g~. 4.~. ~e pmvisi~s of ~phs 4.2 ~ 4.3 ~ not inm~ to a~Y m A~st~, ~Bs, ~tmleum, H~o~ ~ or ~five Mated~ uncove~ or ~v~l~ at the site. ARTICLE 5--BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and Pay- meat Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract payment P~ce as security for the faithful performance and all CONTRACIOR*s obligations under the Contract merits. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least untj~,~ y,f,~aRer the date when final payment becomes due, excepTas ~ otherwise by Laws or Resulations or by the Contract D<x:uments. CONTRACrOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contracx Docu- ments except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acc_~ptabk Sureties on FederaJ Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies*' as published in Circular 5'/0 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Opera- tious, U.S. Treasury Department. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority to act. 5.2. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRAC- TOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph 5. I, CONTRACTOR shall within ten days thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWN ER. 5.3. l~ensed Sureties and Insurers; Cert~ates of lnsuraace: 5.3.1. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that ate duly licensed or authorized in the juritr dictiou in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be pro- vided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.3.2. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supple- mentary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraph 5.4. OWNER shall deliver to CONTRACTOR, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by CONTRACTOR or any other addi- tional insured) which OWNER is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 hereof. -¢ CONTRAC'IOR's Liability Insurance: 5.4. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR's performance and furnishing of the Work and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Con- tract Documents. whether it is to be performed or furnished by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 5.4.1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; 5.4.2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, oc- cupational sickness or disease, or death of CONTRAC- TOR's employees; 5.4.3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sick- ness or disease, or death of any person other than CON- TRACTOR's employees; 5.4.4. claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability coverage which are sustained: 0) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by CONTRACTOR. or (ii) by any other person for any other reason; 5.4.5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom: and 5.4.6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. _! The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 5.4 to be purchased and maintained shall: 5.4.7. with respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.4.3 through 5.4.6 inclusive, include as additional insurers (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of profes- sional liability) OWNER, ENGINEER. ENGINEER's Con- suitants and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, ali of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of ali such additional insureds; 5.4.8. include the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supple- mentary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is lpeater; 5.4.9. include completed operations insurance; 5.4.10. include contractual liability insurance covering CONTRACTOR's indemnity obligations under paragraphs 6.12, 6.16 and 6.31 through 6.33; 5.4.11. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be cancelled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplemen- tary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5.3.2 will so pro- vide); 5.4.12. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correct- ing, removing or replacing de/ectiv¢ Work in accordance with paragraph 13.12; and 5.4.13. with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis. remain in effect for at least two years after final payment (and CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Condi- tions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactorY to OWNER and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter). OWNER's ~ huur~e: 5.5. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.4, OWNER, at OWNER's option, may purchase and maintain at OWNER's expense OWNER's own liability insurance as will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. Properly Insurance: 5.6. Unless otherwise provided in tbe Supplementary Con- ditions, OWNER shall purchase and maintain property insur- ance upon the Work at the site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such der. uctible amounts as may he provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 5.6.1. include the interests of OWNER, CONTRAC- TOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Con- suhants and any other persons or entities ideatif~d in the Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall he listed as an insured or additional insured; 5.6.2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework and Work in transit and shall insure against at least the following perils fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, and such other perils as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; 5.6.3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replace- ment of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); 5.6.4. cover materials and equipment stored at the site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Applica- tion for Payment recommended by ENGINEER; and 5.6.5. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by OWNER, CON- TRACTOR and ENGINEER with thirty days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued. 5.7. OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinerY insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of OWNER, CONTR3L'TOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured. 5.8~ All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and main- rained by OWNER in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will contain a provision or endorsement that the covera&e afforded will not be cancelled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days' prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph 5.1 i. 21 5.9. Og~NER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of CON'I~R, Subcontractors or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts that are identified in the Supplementar/Conditions. The risk of loss within such iden- tiffed deductible amount, will be borne by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor or others suffering any such loss and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the pun:haser's own expense. 5.10. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under paragraphs 5.6 or 5.7, OWNER shall, if possi- ble, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at the site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other insurance has been procured by OWNER. 5.11. Wa~r of Rib~m: 5.11.1. O~qqER and CONTRACTOR intend that all policies purchased in ~~ with ~s 5.6 ~ 5.7 will prot~t O~ER, CO~A~R, Su~ont~cto~, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Con~l~ ~d all oth~ ~r- ~ or en~6es idenfi~ in ~ Supple~n~ CoSigns to ~ i~t~ ~ insu~s or a~ insu~s in s~h ~ic~s ~ will pmvi~ p~ ~ve~ for ali loses and d~s ~ by ~e ~ls ~vc~ t~by. All such ~l~ies s~! ~n provisi~ to t~ eff~t that in thc event of ~yment of ~Y Io~ or d~ t~ insu~ will have ~ ~ of ~ve~ ~t ~y of ~ i~u~ds or addido~ insu~s ~e~u~er. O~ER ~ CONVAIR w~ve ~1 ~ts ~nst och other ~ ~ir ~s~tive o~, di~cto~, employ~ and ~en~ for ~i loses and dam~es ous~ by, ~sing out of or rcsulfi~ f~m any of t~ ~fiis cove~ by such ~l~s a~ any o~r p~flY insurance appli~le to t~ Wo~; and, in ~difim, w~ve all such fi~ ~nst Su~ont~m~, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Cons~ ~ all o~r ~ns ~ enffies identi~d in the Supplemen- ~ Co~ifions to ~ list~ as insureds or addition~ insu~s u~er such ~l~ies for Imps and d~es so ~u~. No~ of the a~ve w~ve~ s~l extend to the fi~ts that any ~Y ma~ng such wmver may have to the pr~eeds of insurance held by o~ER ~ t~st~ or othe~ise payable under any ~iicy so issue. 5.11.2. In addition, O~ER wmves all rights a~nst CONTR~R, Su~ntractors, ENGINEER. ENGi- NEER's Consultants a~ the o~ccrs, dir~to~, employees ~d ~ents of any of t~m, for: 5. I 1.2. I. loss due to business inte~ption, loss of use or o~r consequent~ loss extending beyond di~ct phys- i~ loss or d~ m O~ER's pro.flY or the Wo~ ~u~ by, ~sing ~t of or resulting from fi~ or other ~fii, whether or n~ insu~ by OWNER; and 5.1 i.2.2, loss or damage to the completed project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire of other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by. OWN ER during partial utilization pursuant to paragraph 14.10, after substantial completion pursuant to paragraph 14.8 or after final payment pursuant to paragraph 14.13. Any insurance policy maintained by OWNER covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in this paragraph 5.11.2 shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage or consequential loss the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of CON- TRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Con- suhants and the ~rs, directors, employees and agents of any of them. Receipt and Apldicat~on of Insurance Proceeds 5.12. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the their interests may appear, subject to the require- insureds, as applicable mortgage clause and of paragr~oh 5.13. merits of any OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so received, and shall distribute it in accordance with such agree- mcnt as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special ag~cment is reached the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. 5.13. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within fifteen days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power, if such objection be made, OWNER as fiducim'y shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, if no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, it' required in writing by any party in interest, OWNER as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper performance of such duties. AcCelmm~e of Bonds and insurante; Option to Repks~: 5.14. if either party (OWNER or CONTRACTOR) has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the Bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintmned by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing within ten days ~er receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required hy pm~,raph 2.7. OWNER and CONTR^CTOR shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as thc other may reasonably request. If either party docs not purchase or maintain all of the Bonds and insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents. such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work. or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent Bonds or insurance to protect such other party's interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. Partial Utilization--Property lnsstrance: 5.15. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, such use or occup,~ncy may be accomplished in accordance with paragraph 14.10; provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insur- ance shall not be cancelled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6.--CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Supervision and Superintendence: 6. I. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and effickntly, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Con- tract Documents. CONTRACTI'OR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accu- rately with the Contract Documents. 6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep on thc Work at ail times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under extraordinary circumstances. Thc superintendent will be CONTRACI~R's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRAC- TOR. All communications to thc superintendent shall be as binding as if given to CONTRAC'I~R. 6.3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qual- ified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the Work as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the site shall be performed dunng regular working hours and CONTRACTOR will nm permit overtime work or the perfor- mance of Work on Salurday, Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's written consent given after prior written notice to ENGINEER. 6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General Require- ments, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume full respon- sibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, con- struction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, tempo- rary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and comple- tion of the Work. 6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- ments. Ali warranties and guarantees specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of OWNER. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected. used. cleaned and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. Progress Schedule: 6.6. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.9 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below: 6.6.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for acceptance (m the extent indicated in paragraph 2.9) pro- posed adjustments in thc progress schedule that will not change the Contract Times (or Milestones). Such adjust- mcnts will conform generally to thc progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of thc General Requirements applicable thereto. 6.6.2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 12.1. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or Written Amendment in accordance with Article 12. 6.7. Substitutes and "Or. Equal" Items: 6.7.1. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier. the specification or description is intended to establish the type. function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like. equivalent or "or-equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equip- ment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by ENGINEER under the following circumstances: 23 6.7. I.!. "Or. Equal": if in ENGINEER's sole disc~- tion an item of material or equipment proposed by CON- TRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and suff~ ciently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by ENGINEER as an "or.equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for acceptance of proposed substitute items. 6.7.1.2. Substitute ltenu: if in ENGINEER's sole discretion an item of mate6al or equipment proposed by CONTRACfOR does not qualify as an "or-equal" item under subparagraph 6.7. I.I, it will be considered a pro- posed substitute item. CONTRACTOR shall submit suffi- cient information as provided below to allow ENGINEER to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. The procedure for review by the ENGINEER will include the following as supple- mented in the General Requirements and as ENGINEER may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. Re- quests for review of proposed substitute items of matenat or equipment will not be accepted by ENGINEER from anyone other than CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or equipment, CONTRACII~R shall first make written appli- cation to ENGINEER for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, he similar in substance to that specified and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application will state the extent, if any, to which the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will prejudice CON- TRACTOR's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not acceptance Glebe substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project} to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. Ail variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in the application and avmlable maintenance, repair and replacement service will be indi- cated. The application will also contain an itemized esti- mate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of which will be considered b.v ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitute. EN- GINEER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish addi- tional data about the proposed substitute. 6.7.1.3. CONTRACTOR's Expense: All data to be provided by CONTRACTOR in support of any proposed "or-equal" or substitute item will be at CONTR^CTOR's expense. 6.7.2. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER. CON- TRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to allow ENGi- NEER, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by ENGI- NEER will be similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.7.1.2. 6.7.3. Engineer's Evaluation: ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2. ENGINEER will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or- equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without ENGINEER's prior written acceptance which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or an approved Shop Drawing. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACI~R's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any "or-equal" or substitute. ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants in evaluating substitutes proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.7. 1.2 and 6.7.2 and in making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWN ER for work on the Project) occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER accepts a substitute item so proposed or submit- ted by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating each such proposed substitute item. Co~erning Subcontracton, Sugplien and Othen: 6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcon- tractor, Supplier or other person or organization (including those acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER as indicated in paragraph 6.8.2), whether initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or ENGINEER may have reason- able objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. 6.8.2. If the SupplementarY Conditions require the iden- tity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers or other persons or organizations (including those who are to furnish the princi- pal items of materials or equipment) to be submitted to OWNER in advance of the specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for acceptance by OWNER and ENGINEER, and if CONTRAC'I~R has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Condi- tions, OWNER's or ENGINEER's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the bidding documents or the Contract Documents)of any such Subcon- tractor, Supplier or other person or organization so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation, in which case CONTRAC'I'OR shall sub- mit an acceptable substitute, the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by such 24 substitution and an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. No acceptance by OWNER or ENGINEER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject de/ective Work. 6.9.1. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organiza- tions performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACIE}R just as CON- TRACYOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in thc Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization any contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcon- tractor, Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGi- N EER to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys duc any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organi- zation except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. 6.9.2. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACIX3R. CONTRACTOR shall require all Sub- contractors, Suppliers and such other persons and organiza- tions performing or furnishing any of the Work to communi- cate with the ENGINEER through CONTRAC'I~R. 6.10. Thc divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CON- T~R in dividing thc Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. 6. Ii. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Sub- contractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds thc Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of thc Contract Docu- ments for thc benefit of OWN ER and ENGINEER. Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional insured on the property insurance provided in paragraph 5.6 or 5.7, the agreement between the CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier will con- rain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against OWNER, CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and all other additional insureds for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier. CONTRAC'I~R will obtain the same. of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a patticu~' invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the~ Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contra~ Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Law~ and. Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harm- less OWNER, ENGINEER. ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs. losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the perfomaance of the Work or resulting from the iecorpora- tion in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.13. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all con- struction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist CON- TRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecu~on of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. CON- TRACTOR shall pay ali charges of utility owners for connec- tions to the Work. and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such a~ plant investment fees. Laws and Regulatiom: 6.14. I. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWN ER nor ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring CON- TRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. 6.14.2. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting therefrom: however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR's pri- mary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRAC- TOR's obligations under paragraph 3.3.2. II Patent Fees and Royalties: 6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royal- ties and assume all costs incident to the usc in the performance 6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which a~e applicable during the perfonnan~ of the Work. 6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equip- merit, the storage of materials and equipment and the opera- tions of workers tothe site and ~ and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. CONTRAC-TOR shall assume full responsibility for any dam- age to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitra- tion or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. CON- TRACTOR shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless OWNER. ENGI- NEER, ENGINEER's Consultant and anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them from and against all claims. costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant a&alnst OWNER, ENGINEER or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. 6.17. During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the pre- raises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. CONTRACTOR shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER at Substantial Completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any pan of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRAC'I~R subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.19. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications. Addenda. Written Amendments, Change Orders. Work Change Direc- tives, Field Orders and written interpretations and clarifica- tions (issued pursuant to paragraph 9.4) in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, Samples and Shop Draw- ings wiB he delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER. 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and pro- grams in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 6.20.1. all persons on the Work site or who may he affected by the Work; 6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to he incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and 6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not desig- nated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain ali necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify own- ers of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.20.2 or 6.20.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in pan, by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant or anyone employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indi- rectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier or other per- son or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them). CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection oftbe Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with para- graph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Comple- tion). Sa/e~7 Representative: 6.21. CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and expe- 6enced safety representative at the site whos~ duties and 26 responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and pro- grams. Hazard Communication Prograna: 6.22. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the site in accor- dance with Laws or Regulations. Emergencies: ""' 6.23. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or au- ,-= thorization from OWNER or ENGINEER, is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. CON- TRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the "- Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby, if ENGINEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action ~ taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.24. Shop Drawings and Samples: 6.24. I. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals (see paragraph 2.9). All submittals will he identified as ENGINEER may require and in the number of copies specified in the General Requirements. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quanti- ties, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show ENGINEER the materi- als and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the information for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.26. 6.24.2. CONTRACI~R shall also submit Samples to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with said accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample sub- mittals. Each Sample will be identified clearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such a~ catalog numbers and thc use for which intended and othenvise as ENGINEER may require to cnal~le ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.26. Thc num- bers of each Sample to he submitted will be as specified in the Specifications. 6.25. Subm!?t Procedures: 6.25.1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sam- pie, CONTRAClX)R shall have determined and verified: 6.25.1.1. all field measurements, quantities, dimen- sions, specified performance criteria, installation requi~- merits, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with resider thereto. 6.25.1.2. all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shippiag, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and 6.25.1.2. all information relative to CONTRACIX3R's sole responsibilities in respect of means, methods, tech- niques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and prognuns incident thereto. CONTILa, C'TOR shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 6.25.2. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that CONTRAC'I13R has satisfied CON- TRACTOR's obligations under the Contact Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR'S review and approval of that submittal. 6.25.3. At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of such vaC- ations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittsl; and, in addition, shall cause a specific no~ation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review and approval of each such variation. 6.26. ENGINEER will review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of Shop Draw- ings and Sample submittals accepted by ENGINEER as re- quired by paragraph 2.9. ENGINEER's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, se- quence or procedure of construction is specifically and ex- pressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval ora separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Draw- ings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. CONTRACI~R shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGINEER on previous submittals. 6.27. ENGINEER's review and approval of Shop Draw- ings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from respon- sibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Doounents unless CONTRACTOR luts in writing called EN- GINEER's attention to each such variation at the time of submission as required by paragraph 6.25.3 and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such variation by specific written no~tion thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.25. I. 6.28. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submissions accepted by ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.9, any related Work performed prior to ENGi- NEER's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. 6.29. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pend- ing resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15.5 or as OWNER and CONTRAC- TOR may otherwise agree in writing. ~..1~. CONTRACtOR's General Warmaty and Guarantee: 6.30.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 6.30. i.I. abuse, modification or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than CONTRACTOR, Sub- contractors or Suppliers: or 6.30.1.2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. 6.30.2. CONTRAC'I~R's obligation to perform and com- plete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR's obli- gation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 6.30.2.1. observations by ENGINEER; 6.30.2.3. recommendation of any progress or final payment by ENGINEER; 6.30.2.3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by OWNER to CONTRAC- TOR under the Contract Documents; 6.30.2.4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER: 6.30.2.5. any acceptance by OWNER orany failure to do so; 6.30.2.6. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of accept- ability by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 14.13; 6.30.2.7. any inspection, test or approval by others; or 6.30.2.8. anycorrectionofdefective Work byOWNER. 6.31. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regula- tions, CONTRACIOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and ~i~st all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to ali fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and ali court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of tbem may be liable, regardless of wbether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regnrd- less of the negligence of any such person or entity. 6.32. In any and all claims n~iqst OWNER or ENGI- NEER or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.31 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by of for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 6.33. Thc indemnification obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.31 shall not extend to the liability of ENGI- NEER and ENGINEER's Consultants. officers, directors, employees or agents caused by the professional negligence. errors or omissions of any of them. Surviml of Obligations: 6.34. All representations, indemnifications, warranties and guarantees made in. required by or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final pay- meat, completion and acceptance of the Work and termination or completion of the Agreement. ARTICLE 7--OTHER WORK Relaml Work at Site: 7.1. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by OWNER's own forces, or let other direct contracts therefor which shall contain Gencral Condi- tions similar to these, or have other work performed by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, then: (i) written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work, and (ii) CONTRAC- TOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles I I and 12 if CONTRACTOR believes that such performance will involve additional expense to CONTRACTOR or re- quires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof. 7.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the addi- tional work with OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate thc Work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may bc required to make its several parts come together properly and inte- grate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not en- danger any work of others by cutting, cxcavating or othcr- wise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected. Thc duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of CON- TRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owncrs and other contractors. 7.3. If the proper execution or results of any part of CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR's Work. CONTRAC'I'OR's failure so to report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACIX~R's Work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.4. If OWNER contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 7.4.1. the person, firm or corporation who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; 7.4.2. the specific matters to be covered by such author- ity and responsibility will be itemized; and 7.4.3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Condi- tions, OWNER shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. ARTICLE 8---OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8. I. Except as otherwise provided in these General Condi- tions, OWN ER shall issue all communications to CONTRAC- TOR through ENGINEER. 8.2. In case of termination of the employment of ENGi- NEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer ~in_,4 whom CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ENGINEER. 8.3. OWNER shall furnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make pay- ments to CONTRACTOR promptly when they are due as provided in pata&raphs 14.4 and 14.13. 8.4. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and casements and providing engineering surveys to establish ref- erence points are set forth in paragraphs 4. I and 4.4. Paragraph 4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site and drawings of physical conditions in existing structures at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.5. OWNER's responsibilities in respect of purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in paragraphs 5.5 through 5.10. 8.6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph 10.4. 8.7. OWNER*s responsibility in respect of certain inspec- tions, tests and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.4. 8.8. In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or suspend Work, see p~agraphs 13.10 and 15.1. Paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNER's right to terminate services of CON- TRACTOR under certain circumstances. 8.9. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, CONTRAC- TOWs means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACIOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or perfor- mance of the Work. OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10. O~qqER'S responsibility in respect of undisclosed Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Materials uncovered or revealed at the site is set forth in para&raph 4.5. 8.11. If and to the extent OWNER has agreed to furnish CONTRACIOR reasonable evidence that financial arrange- ments have been made to satisfy OWNER's obligations under the Contract Documents, OWNER's responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the Supplcmentary Conditions. ARTICLE 9--ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION OWNER's Representative: 9. !. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative during the construction period. ~ duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNER's repre- sentntive dudn$ construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER. Visits w $i~e: 9.2. ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as ENGI- NEER deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of CONTRAC- TOWs executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations. ENGINEER will endeavor for the benefit of OWNER to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. EN- GINEER will not tx: required to make exhaustive or continu- ous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of thc Work. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on-site observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defective Work. EN- GINEER's visits and on-site observations are subject w all the limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.13, and particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of ENGINEER's on-site visils or observations of CONTRACTOR's Work ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be respon- sible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, se- quences or procedures of construction, or the safety precau- tions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations appli- cable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. projecl Represen~iw: 9.3. if OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist ENGI- N EER in providing more continuous observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9.13 and in the Supplementary Conditions. if OWNER designates another representative or agent to represent OWNER at the site who is not ENGi- NEER's Consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other person will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. ClarOication~ a~l i~erpretatiom: 9.4. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the require- ments of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as ENGINEER may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. Such written clari~cations and interpretations will be binding on OWNER and CONTRAC- TOR. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as pro- vided in Article I I or Article 12. Aud~orized Variations i~ Work: 9.5. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by th~ Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. [f OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract !~rice or the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof. OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as provided in Article I I or 12. Rejec~ng De. fecti~e Work: 9.6. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be dej'ecm'e, or that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have authority to require special inspec- tion or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.9, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments: 9.7. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraphs 6.24 through 6.28 inclusive. 9.8. in connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, I I, and 12. 9.9. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. Determinations for Unit Prices: 9.10. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRAC- TOR. ENGINEER will review with CONTRACTOR the EN- GINEER's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision thereon will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, unless, within ten days after the date of any such decision, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR delivers to the other and to ENGINEER written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's decision and: (i) an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in Exhibit GC-A. · 'Dispute Resolution Agreement." entered into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to ENGINEER's decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWN ER and CONTRA~R. Such appeal will not be subject to the procedures of paragraph 9. I I. Decisions on Disputes: 9.11. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the Work and Claims under Articles II and 12 in respect of changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matler will be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start OF the occunance or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to ENGINEER and the other party within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant within thirty days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time). ENGINEER will render a formal decision in writing within thirty days after receipt OF the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. ENGINEER's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless: (i) an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in EXHIBIT GC-A, "Dispute Reso- lution Agreement." entered into between OWNER and CON- TRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (ii) if no such Dispute Re~lution Agreement has been entered into. a written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's written decision is delivered by OWNER or CONTRAC'I~R to the other and to ENGINEER within thirty days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRAC'1~R. 9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under paragraphs 9.10 and 9. I !, ENGINEER will not show partiality to OWNER or CONTRAC1~R and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 or 9. II with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph 14.15) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACIX3R of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant to Article 16. 9.13. L/m/tat/om on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities: 9.13.1. Neither ENGINEER's authority or respunsibil- ity under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by ENGINEER to CONTRAC'1~R. any Subcontractor. any Supplier, any other person or organization, or Io any surety for or em- ployee or agent of any of them. 31 9.13.2. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRAC- TOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or prnce- dures of construction, or the safety precautions and pro- grams incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACII3R to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance oftbe Work. ENGINEER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Docu- meflts. 19.13.3. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization perform- ing or furnishing any of the Work. 9.13.4. ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and ali mainte- nance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and Other documentation required to be delivered by paragraph 14.12 will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of. and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Doc- uments. 9.13.5. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.13 shall also apply to ENGI- NEER's Consultants, Resident Project Representative and assistants. 10.4. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appro- priate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER (or Writ- ten Amendments) covering: 10.4. I. changes in the Work which are (i) ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10. I, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under paragraph 13.13 or correcting defective Work under paragraph 13.14. or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 10.4.2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties; and 10.4.3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision ren- dered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 9.1 I; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, CON- TRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in paragraph 6.29. 10.5. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (includ- ing, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACI~R's respon- sibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. ARTICLE 10--CHANGES IN THE WORK 10.1. Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from time to time. order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order. or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, CONTRAC- TOR shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically pro- vided). 10.2. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to the extent, if any. of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive. a claim may be made therefor as provided in Article II or Article 12. 10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 end 3.6 except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.23 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.9. ARTICLE I I--CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE I1.1. The Contract Price constitutes the total compensa- tion (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to CON- TRACTOR for performing the Work. All duties, responsibili- ties and obligations assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense without change in the Contract Price. 11.2. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjust- ment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event (unless ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claiml and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Price shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9. I I if OWN ER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will 32 be valid if not submitted in accordance with this I1.~. I 1.3. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will he determined as follows: 11.3.1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities- of the items involved (subject to the provisions of paragraphs 11.9.1 through I !.9.3, inclusive); ! 1.3.2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with paragraph i !.6.2); I 1.3.3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph 11.3.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5) plus a CONTRACFOR's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in paragraph 11.6). Cm~ ~ta~ Woda' 11.4. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.5: 11.4. !. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTILasCFOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such employees shall include without lim- itation superintendents, foremen and other personnel em- ployed full- time at the site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, work- ers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in thc above to the extent authorized by OWNER. I 1.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services requited in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CON- TRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of suqdus mate~- als and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CON- TRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be 11.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACI~R to the Sub- contractors for Work performed or furnished by Subcontrac- tors. if required by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER who will then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be accepted, if any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as CON~R's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in paragraphs I ! .4, ! 1.5, 11.6 and I 1.7. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable. 11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, survey- ors, attorneys and accountants) employed for services spe- cifically related to the Work. 11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following: I 1.4.5. I. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR's em- ployees incurred in discharge ofduties connected with the Work. 11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and mainte- nance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are con- sumed in the performance of the Work, and cost less market value of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR. il.4.5.3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRAL-'I~R or others in accordance with rental agree- ments approved by OWNER with the advice of ENGI- NEER, and the costs of transportation, loading, unload- ing, installation, dismantling and removal thereof--all in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. 11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes related to the Work, and for which CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. 11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than negli- gence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. 33 1 i.4.5.6. ~ and damages (and related expense) caused by dama~ to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the perfoonance and furnishing of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established by OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.9), provided they have re- suited from causes other than the negligence of CON- ~R, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settle- ments made with the written consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR's fee. if, however, any such loss or damage requires reconstruction and CONTRAC- TOR is placed in charge thereof, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee prolx)rtionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2. 11.4.5.7. The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary facili- ties at the site. 11.4.5.8. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long dis- tance telephone calls, telephone service at the site, ex- pressage and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. 11.4.5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of changes in the Work. I 1.5. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following: I 1.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CON- TRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of pannership and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, ar- chitects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, pur- chasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in CONTRACTOR's pnncipal or a branch ~ for generaJ administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in paragraph I 1.4. I or specifically covered by paragraph ! 1.4.4~all of which arc to be consid- ered administrative costs covered by the CONTRACTOR's fee. 11.5.2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal and branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at the site. I 1.5.3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR's capital employed for the Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delin- quent payments. 11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by subparagraph 11.4.5.9 above}. ! i.5.5. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRAC- TOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indi- rectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied and making good any damage to property. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraph 11.4. 11.6. The CONTRACTOR's fee allowed to CONTRAC- 'FOR for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 11.6. I. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 11.6.2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: 11.6.2. I. for costs incurred under paragraphs 11.4. i and 11.4.2, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall be fifteen percent: 11.6.2.2. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.4.3, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall be five percent; 11.6.2.3. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of paragraphs 11.4.1, I 1.4.2, i 1.4.3 and 11.6.2 is that the Subcontractor who actually performs or furnishes the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of fifteen percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs I 1.4. I and I 1.4.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR will each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor: 11.6.2.4. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, 11.4.5 and I 1.5; 11.6.2.5. the amount of credit to be allowed by CON- TRACTOR to OWNER for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will he the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in CONTRACTOR's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease: 11.6.2.6. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in CONTRACTOR's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with paragraphs 11.6.2.1 through 11.6.2.5, inclusive. 11.7. Whenever the cost of any Work is to be determined pursuant to paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5. CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in form acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown to- gether with supporting data. 4. 34 Cash I !.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be fur- nished and performed for such sums as may he acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that: 11.8.1. the allowances include the cost to CONTRAC- TOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes; and 11.8.2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and han- dling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.9. Unit Price Wo~: I 1.9. I. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the A&reement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifica- tions of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will he made by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.10. 11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRAC'I~R to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each sepa- rately identified item. ! 1.9.3. OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a clam for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article II if: 11.9.3.1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and sig- nificantly from the estimated quantity of such item indi- cated in the Agreement: and 11.9.3.2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and 11.9.3.3. if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRAC- TOR is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or OWNER be- lieves that OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. ARTICLE 12---CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.1. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written AmendmenL Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall he based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the nccurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occunence (unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be determined by ENGI- NEER in accordance with parasraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACIOR cannot otherwise agree. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted' in accordance with the requirements of this 12.2. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. 12.3. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from complet- ing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of CONTRAC- TOR, the Contract Times {or Milestones) will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefor as provided in paragraph 12.1. Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owner~ or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather condi- tions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of CONTRACTOR. 12.4. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from complet- ing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRAC'I~R. an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be CONTRACI~R's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay, in no event shall OWNER be liable to CONTRAC- TOR, any Subcontractor. any Supplier, any other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of CONTR,~-'IOR. or {ii) 35 delays beyond tbe control of both parties including but not limited to tires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather condi- tions, acts of God or acts or neglect by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7. ARTICLE 13=-TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1. Notice of Defects: Prompt notice of all defective Work of which OWNER or ENGINEER have actual knowl- edge will be given to CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected, corrected or accepted as provided in this Article 13. approval. CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arrang- ing and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for OWNER's and ENGINEER's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. 13.6. if any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if re- quested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation. 13.7. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.6 shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONT~R's inten- tion to cover thc same and ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. Access to Work.- 13.2. OWNER. ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, other representatives and personnel of OWNER, independent testing laboratories and governmental agencies with jurisdic- tional interests will have access to the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of CONTRACTOR's site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. Tests and Insp~tios~: 13.3. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely no- tice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. 13.4. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 13.4.1. for inspections, tests or approvals covered by paragraph 13.5 below; 13.4.2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.9 below shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13.9; and 13.4.3. as otherwise specifically provided in thc Con- tract Documents. 13.5. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other repre- sentative of such public body, CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections. tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection, or Uncovering Work: 13.8. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER. it must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense. 13.9. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER's re- quest, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as ENGINEER may require. that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment, if it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of othcrsl; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. and, if the panics are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefor as provided in Article I I. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, ob- servation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction: and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as pro- vided in Articles I I and 12. OWNER May Stop the Work: 13.10. If thc Work is defective, or CONTRAC'IX)R fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equip- ment. or fails to furnish or perform thc Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to thc Contract Documents. OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop thc Work. or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this fight of OWNER to stop thc Work 36 0 shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the beneRt of CONTRACTOR or any surety or other party. Correction or Removal of Defective Work: 13.11. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACI~R shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and dnmages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.12. Correction Period: 13.12.1. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be pre- scribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Doc- uments or by any specific provision of the Contract Docu- ments, any Work is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions: (i) correct such defec- tive Work, or, if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (i~ satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting thermal'rom. If CONTRAC'I~R does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such re- moval and replacement (including but not limited to ail costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR. 13.12.2. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substan- tial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. 13.12.3. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work rcsultin8 therefrom) has becn corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph 13.12, thc correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be cxtended for an additional period of one year after such correction or re- moval and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. AccelXanc. e of Defective Work: 13.13. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWN ER (and. prior to ENGI- NEER's recommendation of final payment, also ENGINEER} prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to he approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness). If any such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article I I. If the acceptance occurs after such recommenda- tion, an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. OWNER May Correct Defective Work: 13.14. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.11, or if CON- TRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall pro- coed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of CON~R's tools, appliances, construc- tion equipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site of for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which ate stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's representatives, agents and employees, OWNER's other con- tractors and ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants ac- cess to the site to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work: and OWNER shall he entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if thc panics arc unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article I I. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replace- ment of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction. removal or replacement of CONTRACTOR's defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWN ER of OWNER's rights and remedies hereunder. ARTICLE 14~PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Schedule of Values: 14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in paragraph 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments and 37 will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units com- pleted. Aladication.for Progress Paymeat: 14.2. At least twenty days before thc date established for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equip- ment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect OWN ER's interest therein. all of which will be satisfactory to OWNER. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. CONTRACTOR's Watmaty of Title: 14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. Review of Applications for Progress Payment: 14.4. ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER, or return the Application to CONTRAC'I~R indi- cating in writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to recom- mend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER's recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of the last sen- tence of paragraph 14.7) become due and when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACI13R. 14.5. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment re- quested in an Application for Payment will constitute a repre- sentation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on ENGINEER's on-site observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on E NG ! N E ER' s review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of ENGINEER's knowledge, infor- mation and belief: 14.5.1. tbeWork has progressed to the point indicated, 14.5.2. the quality of the Work is generally in accor- dance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evalu- ation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under paragraph 9.10, and to any other quali- fications stated in the recommendation), and 14.5.3. the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the Work. However, by recommending any such payment ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: (i) exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents or {ii) that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRAC- TOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRAC1~R. 14.6. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment, in- cluding final payment, shall not mean that ENGINEER is responsible for CONT~R's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precau- tions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations appli- cable to the furnishing or performance of Work, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to perform or furnish Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14.7. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in ENGINEER's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.5. ENGINEER may also refuse to recom- mend any such payment, or. because of subsequently discov- ered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: 14.7. I. the Work is defectire, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, 14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by Writ- ten Amendment or Change Order, 14.7.3. OWNER has been required to correct de£ec- r/re Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.14, or 14.7.4. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the oc- currence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive. OWNER may refuse to make payment of-the full amount recommended by ENGINEER because: 14.7.5. claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTORs performance or furnishing of the Work. 38 14.7.6. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, 14.7.7. there are other items entitling OWNER to a set-off against the amount recommended, or 14.7.8. OWNER has actual knowledge of the occur- rence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 14.7.1 through 14.7.3 or paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive; but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when CONTRACTOR corrects to OWN- ER's satisfaction the reasons for such action. Sub~um'_~! Complegion: 14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRAC- TOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall of the Work to determine the status of make inspection completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Work sub- stantially complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACI'OR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Com- pletion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall he attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will within fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of OWNER's objections, EN- GINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGI- NEER will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Sub- stantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected} reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after consideration of any objcctions from OWNER. At thc time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilitics pend- ing final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utili- ties, insurance and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER's issuing the definitive cenifw, ate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER's aforesaid reconunendation will he binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment. 14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRAC- TOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. 14.10. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any sub- stantially completed part of the Work which: (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a sepa- rately functioning and usable pan of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant inter- ference with CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the Work. may be accomplished prior to Substantial Com- pletion of all the Work subject to the following: 14.10.1. OWNER at any time may request CON- TRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such pa~ of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If CON- TRACTOR agrees that such part of the Work is substan- tially complete, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is substaa- tially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certif- icate of Substantial Completion for that pan of the Work. CONTRACIOR at any time may notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, ENGi- NEER will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writ- ing giving the reasons therefor, if ENGINEER considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.10.2. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work will be accomplished prior to comPliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of property insurance. Final inspectmn: 14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, ENGi- NEER will make a final inspection with OWNER and CON- TRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all 39 particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTILAC-TOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. F/mi/App//~affon for Payment: 14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such cor- rections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents ail maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certifi- rates or other evidence of insurance required by paragraph 5.4, certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.19) and other documents, CONTRAC- TOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5.4.13, (ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. in lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by OWNER, CONTRAC- TOR may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of CONTR.AL'q~R that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could he filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWN ER or OWNER's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full. CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral satis- factory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien. CONTRACTOR. 14.14. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final com- pletion of the Work is significantly delayed and if ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and recommendation of ENGI- NEER, and without terminating the Agreement, make pay- merit of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph 5. I, the written con- sent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Appli- cation for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. W~iv~r of C~: 14.15. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 14.15.1. a waiver of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACIOR. except claims arising from unsettled Liens. from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursu- ant to paragraph 14.11, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from CONTRACTOR's continuing ob- ligations under the Contract Documents; and 14.15.2. a waiverofall claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. F inei Payment omi Acceptance: 14.13. If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and ENGI- NEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGINEER will. within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing ENGINEER's recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER for pay- ment. At the same time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.15. Oth- erwise, ENGINEER will return the Application to CON- TRAC'I~R. indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Thirty days after the presentation to OWNER of the Applica- tion and accompanying documentation, in appropriate form and substance and with ENGINEER's recommendation and notice of acceptability, the amount recommended by ENGI- NEER will become due and will be paid by OWNER to ARTICLE 15--SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION OWNER May Suspend Work: 15.1. At any time and without cause. OWNER may sus- pend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both. directly attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR makes an approved claim therefor as provided in Articles II and 12. OWNER May Terminate: 15.2. Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: 15.2.1. if CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (in- cluding, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph 2.9 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to paragraph 6.6); 15.2.2. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regula- tions o.f any public body having jurisdiction; 15.2.2. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of ENGINEER; or 15.2.4. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any sub- stantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents: OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety. if any,) seven days' written notice and to the extent permit- ted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materi- als and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs. losses and damages sustained by OWNER arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will he paid to CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs, losses and dam- ages exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed by ENGI- NEER as to their reasonableness and when so approved by ENGINEER incorporated in a Change Order. provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall not he required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. 1:5.3. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so ter- minated by OWNER, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACI~R by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR from liability. 15.4.2. for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and fumishin~ labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Docu- ments in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 15.4.3. for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and 15.4.4. for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate: 15.$. If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety days by OWNER or under an order of court or other public author- ity, or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or OWNER fails for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, and provided OWNER or ENGINEER do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agree- ment and recover from OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.4. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if ENGINEER has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or OWNER has failed for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may upon seven day's written notice to OWNER and ENGI- N EER stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.5 are not intended to preclude CON- TRACTOR from making claim under Articles I I and 12 for an increase in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRAC- TOR's stopping Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 16--DISPUTE RESOLUTION 15.4. Upon seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may. without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any itemsl: 15.4.1. for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effec- tive date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work: If and to the extent that OWNER and CONTRACTOR have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement. such dispute resolution method and procedure, if any, shall be as set forth in Exhibit GC-A. "Dispute Resolution Agreement." to be attached hereto and made a part hereof, if no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, and subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10, 9.1 I. and 9.12. OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise 41 such rights or mmedk~ as either may otherwise have under thc Con~act Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. ARTICLE 17--MISCELLANEOUS Gi~g Noti~: 17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. Compma~on of Times: 17.2.1. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and incJude the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 17.2.2. A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight will constitute a day. Not/a~ of 17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACI~R suffer injury or damage to pet~on or property because of any error, omission or act of the other party or of any of the other party's employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will he made in writing to the other pa~y within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 17.3 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. Clb~ul, m'w ~elg~dJes: 17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto, and. in particular but without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and obligations imposed upon CON- TRACTOR by paragraphs 6.12, 6.16, 6.30, 6.31, 6.32, 13.1, 13.12, 13.14, 14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available to OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder, are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of. any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations. by special warranty or guarantee or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will he as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. Professional Fees and Court Costs Included: 17.5. Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," it shall include in each case, but not he limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs. [The remainder of this page was left blank intentionally.] 0' EXHIBIT GC-A to General Conditions of the Agreement Between OWNER and CON- TRACTOR Da!ed For use with EJCDC No. 1910-8 (1990 ed.) DISPUTE RESOLUTION AGREEMENT OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereby agree that Article 16 of the General Conditions to the Agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR is amended to include the following agreement of the parties: 16.1. All claims, disputes and other matters in question between OWN ER and CONT~R arising out of or relat- ing to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the making or accep- tance of final payment as provided by paragraph 14.15) will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Asso- ciation then obtaining, subject to the limitations of this Article 16. This agreement so to arbitrate and any other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into in accordance herewith as provided in this Article 16 will be specifically enforceable under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction. 16.2. No demand for arbitration of any claim, dispute or other matter that is required to be referred to ENGINEER initially for decision in accordance with paragraph 9. I i will be made until the earlier of(a) the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision or (b) the thirty-first day after the parties have presented their evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has not been rendered by ENGINEER before that date. No demand for arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter will be made later than thirty days after the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision in respect thereof in accordance with paragraph 9. I1: and the failure to demand arbitration within said thirty days' period will result in ENGINEER's decision being final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If ENGINEER renders a de- cision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but will not supersede the arbitration proceedings, except where the decision is accept- able to the parties concerned. No demand for arbitration of any written decision of ENGINEER rendered in accordance with paragraph 9.10 will be made later than ten days after the party making such demand has delivered written notice of intention to appeal as provided in paragraph 9.10. 16.3. Notice of the demand for arbitration will be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy will be sent to ENGINEER for information. The demand for arbitration will be made within the thirty-day or ten- day period specified in paragraph 16.2 as applicable, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall any such demand be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limita- tions. 16.4. Except as provided in paragraph 16.5 below, no arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any other manner any other person or entity (including ENGINEER, ENGI- NEER's Consultant and the officers, directors, agents, em- ployees or consultants of any of them) who is not a party to this contract unless: 16.4.1. the inclusion of such other person or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration, and 16.4.2. such other person or entity is substantially in- volved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will arise in such proceedings, and 16.4.3. the written consent of the other person or entity sought to be included and of OWNER and CONTRACTOR has been obtained for such inclusion, which consent shall make specific reference to this parasraph; but no such consent shall constitute consent to arbitration of any dispute not specifically described in such consent or to arbitration with any party not specifically identified in such consent. 16.5. Notwithstanding paragraph 16.4 ifa claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRAC- TOR involves the Work of a Subcontractor, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such Subcontractor as a party to the arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts required by paragraph 6. I I a specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to being joined in an arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the Work of such Subcontrac- tor. Nothing in this paragraph 16.5 nor in the provision of such subcontract consenting to joinder shall create any claim, right or cause of action in favor of Subcontractor and against OWNER, ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultants that does not otherwise exist. 16.6. The award rendered by the arbitrators will be final, judgment may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdic- tion thereof, and it will not be subject to modification or appeal. [The remainder of this page was left blank intentionally.] GC-A I 16.7. OWNER and CONTRACI~R agree that they shall first submit any and all unsettled claims, counterclaims, dis- putes nmi other matters in question between them arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof ("disputes"), to mediation by The American Arbitration As- sociation under the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association prior to either of them initiating against the other a demand for a-bitration pursuant to paragraphs 16.1 through 16.6, unless delay in initiating arbitra- tion would irrevocably prejudice one of the parties. The respective thirty and ten day time limits within which to lile a demand for arbitration as provided in paragraphs 16.2 and 16.3 above shall be suspended with respect to a dispute submitted to mediation within those same applicable time limits and shall remain suspended until ten days after the termination of the mediation. The mediator of any dispute submitted to mediation under this Agreement shall not serve as arbitrator of such dispute unless otherwise agreed. GC-A2